Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis: Disproving Partial Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full Disclosure Timeline September 26 2016 | From:Sitsshow
The Aerospace technology giant Boeing is celebrating their centennial or 100-year anniversary in 2016. [Buckle up for this bohemoth]
A campaign was launched in late 2015 along with a 30-second advertisement that debuted in early 2016 with the title You just wait.
It features interplanetary spacecraft, solar energy technology, colonies on Mars, and claims to have taken the world "across the universe and beyond." For those who may not be aware, the narrative presented in the commercial sounds glaringly similar to the testimony of secret space program (SSP) insider and whistleblower Corey Goode. The researcher, writer, and presenter David Wilcock also brings forth information that lends credence to this narrative, but there are many others.
The following article provides an overview of the insider testimony that correlates with the Boeing advertisement as well as the partial disclosure agenda currently rolling out to the public. In addition, an analysis of the ad and its subtle influencing methods will be conducted suggesting that it is an effort to steer the collective consciousness of humanity into accepting a limited disclosure scenario.
Goode became aware of this deceptive disclosure effort as a result of his contacts in the SSP Alliance and is doing everything he can to alert the public. This is because an alliance within the higher level SSP - whom he is connected to - is seeking full disclosure.
Full Disclosure vs. Partial Disclosure
This full disclosure scenario, as proposed by the SSP Alliance, and their allies, calls for a complete end to slavery in all its forms (the Babylonian money-magic system), the release of all hidden information and suppressed technology, and a truth and reconciliation style tribunal of the Cabal and their underlings.
If the SSP Alliance gets their way, so much of the truth will be made public that attempting to institute a new form of slavery will be almost impossible. Clearly, the criminal syndicates operating on Earth and beyond want to do everything they can to stop this effort, including releasing advertisements that entice the public to accept a partial disclosure narrative.
But for those unaware of the insidious machinations of the Cabal (also known as the Illuminati, the New World Order, and so on) - those in power who have shaped the planet into a glorified form of modern day feudalism or slavery - the partial disclosure initiative will sound like a saving grace; because that's what it's designed to do.
It's designed to pacify the people who are the most aware while selling the unaware masses on a space-age style form of neo-enslavement.
Under this limited disclosure agenda, only some of the truth will be revealed to the public and even that will take 100 years. According to Goode and his contacts in the SSP Alliance, the Cabal-run groups, and their allies, have brokered an agreement with certain Earth-based alliances to begin this partial disclosure effort.
Apparently, this agreement was made in late 2015 and bolstered in 2016, but this plan was most likely developed much earlier.
In a report issued in June of 2015, Goode stated that he attended a Super-Federation Council meeting wherein the first public allusion of a limited disclosure plan was mentioned:
"The person at the podium then asked that there be no more Alliance Disclosures through myself or the people I am talking to including David Wilcock until after an agreed upon date in late November of 2015. They said that a well-known public servant would be sacrificed in the operation to implement their plan for an incremental disclosure."
Whether or not the "well-known public servant" was sacrificed remains unclear. On the other hand, partial disclosure efforts have continued to pour out into the public domain.
These take on the form of entertainment media, such as films, television shows, and video games, as well as innuendo from science related propaganda outlets, like NASA.
For example, the initial discovery of exoplanets several years ago was a complete paradigm shift in the way science deals with the search for extraterrestrial life.
Prior to this development, it was widely accepted in academia that humanity would most likely never find extraterrestrials - at least not anytime soon. Anyone searching for ETs with seriousness was quietly ridiculed and maligned - but not anymore. This is in part due to the discoveries of the Kepler Mission focusing on the search for habitable exoplanets.
Revised Drake Equation
To exemplify this shift, consider that the Drake Equation was "updated" recently.
This mathematical model from the mid 20th century was a boon for those unwilling to acknowledge the possibility of life evolving elsewhere in the cosmos.
In its original form, the equation asserted that it was a statistical certainty that life doesn't exist in the cosmos. But for those in the know, clearly, this isn't true. Earlier this year, a team of scientists proposed changes that completely shifted how we look at the universe.
"Adam Frank is a professor of physics and astronomy at the University of Rochester who helped co-author a paper proposing changes to the Drake Equation, which incorporate Kepler's exoplanet observations.
The team revised the framework of several factors so that instead of asking how likely is it that ET civilizations exist, it instead asks how likely is it that our civilization is the only one to have existed."
The new form of the Drake Equation suggests that it is nowa mathematical certainty that ancient ET cultures evolved and then went extinct many times over.
Isn't it interesting what changing some of the factors can do to shift the results?
This new conclusion is an almost an 180º shift from the previous view. Take a moment to appreciate that within 10 years time, humanity went from "we are totally alone in the universe" to "extinct ancient ET cultures probably existed everywhere."
And it just so happens that in the partial disclosure plan put forth by the Cabal, a central part is the admission of ancient ruins from ET cultures being found throughout the solar system and beyond.
To be clear, Goode and other insiders have confirmed that it is true ancient ruins have been found all throughout the solar system and local star cluster. However, there are also countless extraterrestrial civilizations that have made contact with humanity in the relatively short time the SSP has been active, within the past 100 years.
Goode states that there are at 40 to 60 extraterrestrial groups with longstanding outposts within the solar system, which have maintained a Super Federation alliance to ensure their agendas come to fruition.
This federation has been actively conducting 22 genetic, social, and spiritual experiments on Earth for thousands of years.
The point being that the partial disclosure narrative only reveals extinct ancient ET cultures and makes no mention of contemporaneous non-terrestrial activities - a half-truth with the power to espouse many false impressions in the minds of the unaware masses.
Ceres Bright Spot
The Ceres bright spot is another point of soft disclosure laying the foundations for a limited disclosure event, as presented by David Wilcock. The planetoid captivated extraterrestrial enthusiasts when, in 2015, the Dawn spacecraft captured images of incredibly bright objects in one of the craters on the desolate surface.
Image Source. Ceres Bright Spot seen as it moves from the sun-facing side. Here the luminosity doesn't appear to be reduced as one would expect if it was reflecting sunlight off a surface, leading some to conclude these lights are artificial in nature.
Although mainstream science tells us these bright spots are nothing but reflective ice fields, certain analysts have suggested that the luminosity is too great to be a natural reflection.
The discovery of thousands of exoplanets, the revising of the Drake Equation, and the Ceres bright spot are each playing a part in preparing humanity for disclosure.
And while these items will certainly be a part of a disclosure event, without the whole truth, it may not be the full disclosure experience many have been waiting for. These the points alone provide a basis for the Cabal-run media to push the limited disclosure plan, and as was mentioned earlier, involves the devulgence of ancient ruins left by ET races.
Another element involves a narrative in which human beings were created from an ancient race of ET giants, known in the SSP as the progenitors or the Ancient Builder race.
To be clear, these elements are a part of the story, but not the whole truth. As such, gaining an understanding of what the whole picture looks like is essential to discerning the limited disclosure effort from the complete or full one.
What Would Partial Disclosure Look Like?
When the big push starts - which we are in the early stages of now - it will seem like the truth has finally been revealed: decades worth of banker fraud will be exposed, war criminals will be arrested, the 9/11 conspiracy will be unveiled, UFOs will be connected to black budget government projects (USAPs), and a financial reset or debt forgiveness will take place.
And for those unaware of the greater truths - especially those related to higher level SSP activity - this will seem like our prayers have finally been answered. And again, all these things will probably be part of a full disclosure event, and as such, the Cabal needs certain features to be present within the limited disclosure plan in order to gain support from the public.
The limited plan calls for releasing information about lower level secret space program activity only; nothing about the over 900 extraterrestrial groups we've been actively trading with; nothing about the over 60 million people who were enslaved by the programs during the Brain Drain era of the 1960's.
And nothing about hundreds of thousands of people who go missing every year disappearing into highly immoral human trafficking operations with extraterrestrial races; nothing about the true power of our collective consciousness and its ability to affect reality; nothing about the organic evolution timeline and the complete fraud of transhumanism; nothing about the malevolent AI (Artificial Intelligence) that has infected the minds of so many high ranking societal figures, and so on.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
In short, the partial disclosure agenda is nothing more than a softer and more palatable form of mass mind control and slavery.
It is an attempt by despotic elites to regain control over the human population, which is presently showing signs of an organic mass awakening.
It will do this by enticing the unawakened and unaware masses to accept a technological leap in society, which will seem like it imparts more freedoms but in reality, causes greater dependency and reliance on the would-be masters of this world.
One of the justifications for this plan, on the part of some of these Earth-based alliance groups pushing for partial disclosure, is that because the West had their 100 years of financial dominance (the Federal Reserve System), the East wants their turn to be masters of humanity. But slavery is still slavery, even if the shackles are a little less heavy.
The following is a compilation and summary of Goode's relevant high-level SSP testimony, the partial disclosure agenda, and how the Boeing Centennial advertisement is most likely a propaganda piece to entice the public into accepting limited disclosure.
The advertisement, You just wait, as we will discuss blow, has all the hallmarks of predictive programing and subtle influencing.
In order to fully comprehend the difference between partial and full disclosure, as well as understanding the events that have occurred behind the scenes leading up to the present, we must review the history of the secret space program, how it has developed in modern times, as well as a nefarious Cabal or Illuminati that has worked to enslave the planet. In the process, we'll make clear the logical fallacies of the partial disclosure plan, hopefully immunizing the reader's mind from the trappings of subtle manipulation.
By the end, it should hopefully be abundantly clear what we the people of this world can do to effect beneficial change for the future.
Let me say that I think we are at a crucial time in history, when the future of the planet will be decided by those who have spent so many years tirelessly investigating, researching, and coming to understand the greater truths of this world.
The truther movement or awakening community is uniquely empowered to act as catalyzing agents for an unparalleled age of light and life, the golden age prophesied in antiquity.
But this won't happen from the comfort of an armchair or behind a computer screen.
The planet has fallen into tyranny because the people have been enticed to forget their rightful place as custodians of truth, goodness and freedom for all. We've allowed ourselves to be indoctrinated into all manner of self-destructive beliefs based in selfishness that have kept us distracted and divided for eons.
Therefore, our task as a people seeking real change and an end to the paradigms of enslavement is to find the courage to set aside any idea, belief, or point of view that fuels unreasonable division and infighting, while at the same time developing compassion, tolerance and true healing for oneself and others.
The tools of abundance are the same methods used to heal oneself and the world, and these are the same tools we need to unite to spread the whole truth far and wide. This article is an effort to provide the reader with more of the whole truth so that they will be empowered to discern the false partial disclosure agenda.
It is this partial disclosure agenda that is so clearly revealed in the 30-second advertisement by Boeing.
Once the full disclosure narrative has been presented, we will analyze the Boeing video to demonstrate the subtle conditioning techniques employed. Hopefully by the end of this article, the reader will be able to recognize the tone of the video with ease.
PS: This article was originally written in March of 2016. Corey Goode was kind enough to review this writing and offer insights to enhance what is provided. I have since that time revised sections and added updated portions to include developments that have happened since that time.
The Early Secret Space Programs
The backstory to this partial disclosure agenda is important to understand. For those who are well versed with this history, feel free to skip ahead to the section entitled "Materially Disproving the Basis of Partial Disclosure"
Here are some of the key points of this very long and complex history. I took the liberty of presenting only essential portions of the narrative. For a broader outline of the history see the below-linked article.
In modern times, several secret societies or occult groups in control of various nation-states, operating behind a veil of government secrecy, developed space programs using advanced technologies hidden from the public eye.
The two groups of greatest influence are the German and American secret space programs, which eventually merged in the 1950's and 60's to form a singular multinational corporate conglomerate. This was an umbrella of many different individual and often compartmentalized programs referred to as the Secret Space Program.
Prior to the merger of the German and American programs, the Germans were leading the advancement of aerospace technology in pre-World War II Europe. Some of what emerged had advanced as a result of reverse engineering ancient flying craft known as the Vimana during the 1920's and 30's, as well as documents recovered from antiquity describing antigravity devices.
During this time, the Germans were conducting expeditions all over the world in an effort to recover ancient technology, sacred texts, and secrets kept by various priesthoods. For example, they traveled to the Himalayas and encountered several Tibetan monastic orders who were allegedly in possession of incredibly advanced technical drawings of antigravity craft, as well as possessing records of Earth's early history, passed down through oral tradition. It was through the interrogations of some of these monks that they heard of whole civilizations living within the Earth's crust.
Other advances in the early German program occurred as a result of mediumship, or as it is termed today, channeling, via the Virl Society in post World War I Germany. This group made contact with several advanced races, one being a Nordic-looking group calling itself the Agartha Network, which apparently has dwelt within the Earth's crust for millions of years.
This group claims to be the first humans to have evolved on the planet and has provided assistance to surface populations in many instances throughout history. They are xenophobic in nature, appearing to other groups as gods or extraterrestrials in an effort to hide their home locations from war-like groups on the surface.
Another race contacted by the Germans was the Draco, an extraterrestrial reptilian group with imperialistic intentions and behavior. According to William Tomkins, another SSP whistleblower and insider, the early German program decided to ally itself with the more militaristic Draco group, and apparently solidified their alliance in 1939. Tompkins also states that it was the Draco in addition to other alliances which "handed over" smaller subterranean caverns below the ice of Antarctica.
Image Source. A map of antarctic bases, some of which were first built out by the Germans, supplied by Corey Goode
Through their alliances, the German program made great advances during the World War II era of history. They developed spacecraft capable of exploring the solar system and beyond, as well as receiving support from their otherworldly contacts in ancient city sites in Antarctica.
The Germans built advanced bases there and set up facilities on the Moon and Mars, with the protection of their Draco allies. By the start of the war, the German group had advanced so far beyond the parent nation that they could rightly be called a breakaway civilization; no longer dependent on Germany and its resources to further their agenda.
When the Germans realized that the war was not going to end in their favor, they evacuated key personnel and equipment in the German SSP to Antarctica.
The site was already well established prior to the Nazi conquests of Europe, and by the time they were defeated, the antarctic Germans had enjoyed nearly 10 years of uninterrupted development and expansion.
But with the loss of the war, the isolated Germans lacked the industrial resources and infrastructure to accomplish their lofty goals of space exploration and conquest, realising this, they turned their gaze to the American programs and the industrial might of the United States.
The Germans Take Over the American Military Industrial Complex
After the war, thousands of top level German scientists and engineers were recruited into the American military industrial complex via Project Paperclip. The Americans had made some advancements of their own by reverse engineering extraterrestrial craft recovered from certain crash sights like Roswell New Mexico in 1947, as well as recovered SSP technology from Germany during WWII.
But the Americans were far behind the Germans in technology, advancement and exploration of space.
The Germans had made great leaps and bounds due to their non-terrestrial allies and by the time of Project Paperclip, they had almost perfected space travel, employing technology so advanced that the Americans could have easily mistaken it as extraterrestrial in origin.
The Germans wanted to continue development of their programs, but due to the lack of infrastructure and resources, needed the industrial might of the United States.
Their plan was to deceive the Americans by providing them older advancements of Alien Reproduction Vehicles, while slowly infiltrating and taking over the military industrial complex, exploiting the manufacturing power of the US.
The Americans had a similar goal of infiltrating the German group and stealing their technology for themselves.
The Americans discovered that the Germans had a base in Antarctica, and in 1947, sent Admiral Byrd with a large naval fleet to invade and destroy the German presence, recovering technology in the process.
According to William Tompkins, the Germans were assisted by their off-world allies, using advanced particle beam weapon technology and perfected antigravity craft to beat the Americans into submission. But it appears that total destruction of the American fleet was not the goal, although the Germans could have easily annihilated the ill prepared invasionary forces.
This was most likely because the Germans wanted the Americans to limp back and make clear to the military leadership at the time that the they were not equipped to deal with the Germans in an outright conflict. This would provide the Germans the intimidation they needed to force the Americans into a partnership.
The Americans quickly retreated back to the US. Top Brass within the secretive American group was perplexed by what Byrd reported, and they began to interrogate Paperclip Germans in an effort to understand what was happening. The Paperclip Germans were secretly in communication with their allies in Antarctica and beyond.
They discovered a point of weakness in the American intelligence apparatus and wanted to take full advantage of it. This weakness was the American policy of hiding the discovery of extraterrestrial life from the public.
The Americans decided after the 1947 Roswell crash, to cover up the UFO phenomenon. During several whitewashes, such as Project Blue book they made an effort to maintain a strict level of secrecy, which the Germans took full advantage of.
They realized that the Americans hold over the people was partially due to the energy industry, based on fossil fuel.
If word got out that antigravity free-energy technology was being developed in secret, the American elite would lose control of the population.
This was another point of pressure the Germans could use to force the Americans to sign treaties that gave the them access to much needed industrial resources.
The Germans were going to engage the Americans by threatening to disclose the truth about the existence of UFOs and advanced technology.
This German threat would be made by a show of force and superiority in the US capitol. In 1952, several German highly advanced spacecraft flew over Washington DC, as well as several other sorties over major US cities. They also landed and made direct contact with civilians in the US, presenting themselves as Nordic-looking extraterrestrials.
The Billy Meier case, in particular, could be one such account of a German SSP contactee experience, according to Corey Goode and other insider sources.
Apparently once the Americans got word of Meier's personal contact with otherworldly beings, they dispatched several agents to gather information about the encounter. They presented a series of images to Meier of women that looked like the beings he described, one of which was Maria Orsic, a Vril Society medium and German SSP asset.
Apparently, when Meier saw the photo of Orsic, he immediately identified her as the being that made contact with him.
Maria Orsic (left) artist depiction of her alleged appearance during the Billy Meier's case
In short, the Germans learned from their Nordic allies that appearing to the surface population as extraterrestrials had its advantages. While the Meier case didn't occur until the mid 1970's, it could be one of the better examples of false extraterrestrial contact, if certain sources promoting this version of events are to be believed.
After a quiet period, the Germans eventually forced the military industrial complex of the US to sign treaties that culminated in the union of both groups, but the Germans were the clear victors.
President Dwight D. Eisenhower made his infamous 1961 address, warning that the military industrial complex was out of control, potentially because he knew the Germans had completely taken it over.
After this merger, the now aligned secret space program saw the emergence of several different SSP factions and an industrial scale expansion into space.
These developments would realize the emergence of lower level secret space programs that partially acted as a cover to shield higher level operations from the more aware "read-in" persons in the military industrial complex.
In other words, while a forefront of the higher level SSP progressed at a furious pace, a limited version was also developed that acted as a screen to hide other programs.
As a result, the information made available to UFO researchers over the years ranges in complexity and is often contradictory in nature. Some whistleblowers, who had access to top secret information, to be sure, were not fully made aware of what was advanced in all the various secret space programs.
Compartmentalization is used to such an extent that one program may be completely unaware of a deeper branch within their own ranks. Steven Greer is one such researcher who has focused on this aspect of what is called Unacknowledged Special Access Programs (USAPS), which intentionally create cover projects for the chief purpose of obfuscating more secretive activities.
After the American military industrial complex was taken over by the Germans, a major industrialization effort of space began. The Americans had many aerospace companies that wanted to develop and expand their operations into space using advanced technology hidden from the public.
The Germans already had several bases in the solar system at this time and now allied with the Americans, had the infrastructure needed to maximize production for furthered expansion. Corporate interests in the military industrial complex learned of German mining facilities in the Asteroid belt (care of the Paperclip Germans) and wanted to exploit the resources and technology developed by them.
The greed of these corporate giants, one of which being the aerospace company Boeing, allowed the newly merged SSP to flourish.
The Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate
Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate (ICC) is a massive multinational SSP faction that formed to manage the expansion effort into space. Nearly every aerospace and technology company on the planet enjoys membership in this heavily secretive and powerful organization.
Over the next 20 years, leading up to the 1980's, a huge recruitment process took place known as the "Brain Drain" era of the 1960's. Millions of top level scientists, engineers, and great thinkers were brought into the program, placed in sites throughout the solar system to further advancement.
In many cases these people and their families were recruited under false pretenses, being told they would be living like "the Jetsons" in a fantastic space age setting. When they arrived at their new off-world location, they would be forced to work in an industrial facility as literal slaves for a Nazi-style run operation.
The ICC would use slave labor, the same method employed by the Nazis during the war, to advance their agenda.
The technology developed through recovered artifacts found on ancient extraterrestrial sites in the solar system secured the SSP a lucrative trading position with other races in the galaxy.
In addition, human biology and genetic material is also highly sought after by non-terrestrial races, which this morally repugnant group had no issues providing in exchange for various items of interest.
At present, the ICC is involved in human trafficking, either in direct slave trade or by selling biological material to extraterrestrial races. Apparently a large portion of people who go missing every year, are taken off-world and traded like chattel to other groups.
The Dark Fleet
The Dark Fleet is an enigmatic faction that is arguably the oldest of the programs. According to Goode, it emerged through the early German and Draco alliance, greatly advancing this factions capabilities as a result of their cooperation.
The ICC faction helped develop technology for the Dark Fleet but its activities and goals remain mysterious. What little is known about them tells us they primarily work outside of the solar system along side their Draco allies in conquest and defense of acquired territory.
Artists depiction of the Dark Fleet base and spacecraft on the Moon based upon detail provided by Corey Goode
The development of Solar Warden came about as a result of several money laundering schemes, one of which was the Star Wars program or Strategic Defense Initiative, spoken of by President Ronald Reagan in the 1980's.
Gary McKinnon hacked into defense department computer systems in 2010, revealing the existence of a special access program given the name Solar Warden, lending further credence to the notion of this faction's existence.
Solar Warden is responsible for policing the solar system, keeping an eye on all incoming and outgoing traffic, and standing as a modest military force against potential threats.
According to Goode, the skies above the Earth are abuzz with extraterrestrial activity, and in some cases, groups enter in an effort to steal resources, technology or biological material. A protective force was required to keep watch and defend against aggressive smaller groups that enter our stellar neighborhood.
Goode claims to have spent 20 years working on a science research vessel in the Solar Warden program from 1987 to 2007. After leaving the program, he was age regressed, brought back in time to the moment he left, and had his memories wiped or blank-slated.
But due to his Intuitive Empath training, he is part of a small population of program participants capable of recovering most of their lost memories. Apparently blank-slating is a common practice for the SSPs at large, especially in the MILAB programs.
The Global Galactic League of Nations (GGLN) is a compartmentalized version of the secret space program.
The higher level program participants - member nations like the US - knew that intelligence services of other nations would eventually discover their activities and decided to offer a "token gesture" in the form of a multinational United Nations-style space program, providing cover for higher-level SSP projects.
This faction is mainly focused on scientific research, not directly involved in the more nefarious aspects of the ICC, such as human trafficking.
This faction was also how the upper-level SSPs procured cooperation in the recovery of downed ET craft, which was and is taking place using advanced energetic technology developed from Tesla's discoveries.
In exchange for their cooperation, which required assisting American teams in recovering downed ET craft, these nations were granted admission into the GGLN, and presumably believed that this was the extent of the secret government programs in space - a deceptive compartmentalization tactic used by the upper-level programs.
Military Factions:Lower Level Secret Space Programs
In the midst of these deep cosmic space programs many lower-level heavily compartmentalized projects were created for various purposes, one of which was to add further cover.
This faction serves as a layer of secrecy between military intelligence services and deep black SSP projects.
It is these lower level factions and their related Earth-based alliances that are of key importance in understanding the limited disclosure agenda. This is partially because the compartmentalized narrative they are provided is a good match for the extinct ancient ETs half-truth story.
The lower level secret space program, like the Global Galactic League of Nations, serves a function, but is primarily purposed to hide the higher level programs. Again, the intelligence services of industrialized nations, such as the United States, England, France, Germany, and so on, were tracking unidentified objects in the skies for decades.
In order to protect higher level operations from these more in the know groups, a close to Earth orbit cover story needed to be developed and promulgated.
According to Bruce, an insider that has revealed information to David Wilcock, the narrative told to most of these lower level operatives is as follows:
"A here are no extraterrestrials in the solar system at this time. The objects tracked in the sky that some consider extraterrestrial UFOs are actually advanced military spacecraft. We have near-Earth-orbit and high-Earth-orbit space platforms, and more advanced spacecraft that has been hidden from the public for decades.
There are ancient ruins left in the solar system from extraterrestrials, an advanced progenitor race, the Ancient Builders - but they have long since left. Anything we do encounter that isn't ours is part of a group of future humans that have access to time travel technology. These future humans came back into our timeline hundreds of times, assisting humanity to restart civilization after major and minor cataclysms.
So there are no current aliens, just humans, either secret military activities or future humans."
These lower level programs are heavily militaristic and believe that they have access to the highest level of secrecy on the planet; they think they are the top of the totem pole andthat no one knows more than they do.
This group, and its narrative, serves as a compartmentalized bubble or barrier that shields higher level operations from persons embedded within deep black projects here on Earth.
Essentially, anytime information about higher level programs are leaked to the public, a lower level insider will come out saying that "it's all BS" or untrue. In other words, this group is essentially a microcosmic SSP specifically designed to hide the macrocosmic secret space programs.
Composite of images allegedly caputring Flying Triangle craft, sometimes associated with the TR-3B TRINITY craft developed by McDonnell Douglas
According to Goode, in many cases these operatives have no idea that other operations exist, making it very easy to shield higher level activity. Often in an effort to maintain pride in their organization, any information related to higher level activity that makes it to the public is quickly de-bunked by these lower level operative whistleblowers and insiders.
This irreconcilable nature of lower level insider testimony and higher level accounts has greatly confused the Ufology community.
As an example of this, consider the exemplary, yet contradictory nature of the whistleblower narratives gathered by interviewer Kerry Cassidy of Project Camelot, and others like Project Avalon - which to their credit - is arguably a wealth of insider data yet to be deciphered and discerned into a cohesive narrative.
The fact that so many insiders have a different worldview handed down from their superiors suggests that narratives within the SSPs vary to a great extent in order to facilitate compartmentalization and simultaneously befuttle the public once insiders begin to reveal themselves.
The Secret Space Program Alliance
The SSP Alliance is a group of defectors within the programs at large that realized humanity and the people of Earth have been oppressed by a nefarious group of quasi-Nazis they call the Secret Earth Government and their criminal syndicates.
The people of Earth know this group by many names, such as the Cabal, Illuminati, the NWO, the banking Elite, the Dark Occultists, and so on.
Artist depiction of a Secret Space Program Alliance arm badge
Solar Warden was the first faction to break away from the ICC controlled SSP, which according to Goode, took place in the early 1990's. They began to overtly go against the Cabal-run SSP in earnest during the early 2000's and beyond.
Since that time, other defections have slowly taken place, bolstering the SSP Alliance in its ability to combat Cabal-run secret space programs.
The SSP Alliance intends on ending the current era of secrecy and enslavement for the people of Earth and liberate enslaved people in the solar system. Their stated purpose is to take possession of advanced technology and facilities in the hands of Cabal-run SSPs, to eventually hand them over to the people in a way that ensures no one group has an advantage over any other.
They plan to do this in what they call massive data dumps or a complete release of all hidden information, history and technology. But in order for these data dumps to be taken seriously by the public, they think two things would need to happen, a catalyzing event and coordination with ground-based liberation groups.
A Catalyzing Event to Reveal "The Matrix"
First a trigger event of some kind is required to jostle the people out of their Stockholm syndrome. The uneasy truth is that the Cabal have coaxed the vast majority of humanity into actually wanting to be enslaved - albeit not in an overt fashion.
For example, it has been said, the love of money is the root of all evil and in a way this is true because the monetary system is an key componant in the systems of enslavement.
In order to help comprehend the current state of consciousness of humanity and how powerfully the masses have been indoctrinated to accept slavery, consider what Morpheus from the highly symbolic Matrix film said:
Morpheus: Unfortunately, no one can be told what the Matrix is. You have to see it for yourself.Morpheus: The Matrix is everywhere. It is all around us. Even now, in this very room. You can see it when you look out your window or when you turn on your television.
You can feel it when you go to work, when you go to church, when you pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth. Neo: What truth?
Morpheus: That you are a slave, Neo. Like everyone else you were born into bondage. Into a prison that you cannot taste or see or touch. A prison for your mind.
Morpheus: The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you're inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy.
You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it. [Bolding added.]
The system that Morpheus is describing here is our participation in the matrix of control via our thoughts, beliefs and actions - that's why it is a "prison that you cannot taste or see or touch. A prison for your mind."
Of course, no one consciously thinks to themselves, "I want to be a slave in the Cabal's NWO," but by our participation in the matrix, we breathe life into it, we consent to it, and we enslave ourselves. In this way there no bystanders, only those working for freedom or those acquiescing to slavery. But on this score, everyone's doing the best they can with what they have to work with.
The Cabal's pyramid of power and control is founded on the people's participation, and if the people see the truth and change themselves, the whole structure will come tumbling down.
This is what they fear most, hence endless divide and conquer tactics to keep the people distracted with infighting, all while the Cabal quietly proceeds with their agenda.
The unawakened cannot see the matrix for it is because if they did, their reality bubble - to use Goode's term - would burst. The sleeping masses are too involved in the way they currently live their lives and don't want to give that up, even if it means the whole planet is enslaved and suffers as a result.
The medical condition describing when someone continues to do things that are ultimately destructive to themselves or others - beyond their control - is an addiction.
The masses are addicted to the Cabal and the destructive society they forced us to create. This means that a reality check moment is needed, similar to an intervention, where the truth about what we created is presented to us so we can realize the error of our ways as a people and choose a different path as a collective.
This catalyzing event could come in the form of a financial collapse, or other triggers. When people are content and satisfied, when they are fat on bread and distracted by circuses, they usually aren't interested in self-reflection and change.
As such, we need to cut off the source of the addictive tendency, and imploding the financial system is one way to cover all the different types of distractions out there, as they usually require money in some fashion.
Before an addict can find the courage to face their addiction, they usually need to feel the burn of what they have chosen. Humanity's participation is essential so as to ensure free will is honored and a truly sovereign and free society emerges from the ashes of this one.
Money in general, has the psychological effect of distorting value perception. Instead of being able to see the value in something inherently, we've been trained to consider it in terms of money, how much it costs or how much we stand to gain.
For example, people generally wouldn't lie to another person, just for the sake of doing it but if you offer them enough money, they would usually happily do what is asked of them, especially if you give them a justifiable excuse for doing so.
Why? Because in certain areas of life we tend to value money more than their own integrity, although we don't think of it this way.
The point is that money has become our artificial value system, a type of cosmic drug that keeps us addicted to separation, scarcity, and slavery - but not all financial systems are like this. Like all addictions, the only way to overcome them is to stop taking the drug and allow the soul to heal.
Ground-based Cooperation for Data Dumps
After a catalyzing event, when the hypnotic trance of the masses has been broken, then the second item of the data dumps can occur; but in order for it to be effective, it must be presented seriously.
In other words, the SSP Alliance needs a ground-based ally capable of disseminating the information to the people en masse.
And this is where the problem currently lies. The ground-based alliances are not willing to accept a full disclosure scenario. In addition, the present state of the awakening community is not organized enough to handle such a huge task.
Some might be thinking to themselves:
"Who cares if they don't have help from ground-based groups, do the data dumps anyway!"
As we just discussed, due to pandemic PTSD and Stockhome syndrome, most people are too attached to the status quo for emotional support to even consider the whole truth, let alone be willing to listen to a large presentation of the facts.
People have been trained to fear change at all costs, and as such, even if the truth was pouring in from all sides, most people won't accept it because it would also mean the end of their world.
In addition, without media participation or at least a large enough dissemination force (like a grass roots disclosure effort), the Cabal could easily "debunk" any information that comes out, with the well-trained captives of the matrix drinking deep from the cup of government disinformation.
And since most people don't want to hear the truth anyway, they will jump at the chance to dismiss the data dumps and continue to believe in the false reality that provides them comforts in life.
Coordination with ground-based groups is essential to ensure people have the best opportunity to receive the truth. The good news is, due how humanity has been programmed to accept information on blind faith, it will be very easy to reach the masses through the media.
People rely on TV, Radio, News outlets and so on, to tell them what is real, so if even a handful of media outlets defected to the SSP Alliance, joining the full disclosure initiative, the data dumps could be very effective, very quickly. The propaganda machine of the Cabal could end up being their greatest downfall, as we use the mass media itself to spread the truth like never before.
This Full Disclosure plan will deal a death blow to the paradigm of artificial scarcity and the Babylonian money magic slavery system that has dominated civilization for millennia. The SSP Alliance goal is to restore truth, prosperity, and freedom to all people, everywhere. Given that pandemic ignorance has enabled the Cabal to maintain control over the people, only the whole truth released to all people can ensure no further manipulation takes place.
COBRA is another insider and spokesman for a resistance group. He claims to represent a gathering of extraterrestrials, inner-Earth peoples and ground-based forces under the common banner of the Resistance Movement. Since early 2012, he has been releasing information related to the secret space program, ongoing alliance activities to free the planet, an energetic shift of the solar system - all under the banner of what he calls The Event.
While some aspects of COBRA's narrative conflict with Goode's, the overall intention of the Resistance Movement (to free the planet and have a full disclosure event) are in harmony with the SSP Alliance's intention.
This means that the respective groups within the awakening community that have rallied behind these figures need not divide themselves and prevent unification towards common goals.
And there are still countless other groups, such as the Silver Legion, Ashtar Command, the Galactic Confederation, the Galactic Federation, and so on, all claiming to be here with the goal of freeing the planet and providing assistance to humanity.
What remains unclear is if all these groups are real tangible efforts or if they are elaborate disinformation campaigns orchestrated by the Cabal. Regardless, the people who believe in them do so because of the ideas presented, all of which demonstrates the common bond we share in the quest for truth and freedom.
Which spokesman, narrative, resistance group or alliance we like the most isn't as important as the singular goal that unites them all: freedom for humanity.
For far too long the Cabal have manipulated us into fighting amongst ourselves, that this person is wrong, or that point of view is invalid, all the while forgetting the overarching goal of truth and freedom. We may not agree on everything, but there's one thing we all want, and that's the truth.
Surely we can unite in the pursuit of truth and freedom for humanity if nothing else.
The Sphere Being Alliance
According to the SSP insider Pete Peterson, and confirmed by Corey Goode, in the early 1980's, a massive sphere the size of the planet Neptune entered our solar system. Solar Warden, which was still Cabal-run at the time, intercepted the sphere they were calling The Seeker.
After several failed attempts to communicate with the enormous object, they eventually received a transmission saying, "we are peaceful explorers." The Solar Warden craft observed thousands of smaller craft leaving a port on the side of the sphere, which was apparently 800 miles wide.
The Solar Warden craft told the Seeker to leave immediately, which it did.
The Cabal was disturbed by this event. Heretofore they near autonomy in the solar system, able to continue their plans relatively free from outside interference, save through the interactions of the Super Federation of non-terrestrial races that have worked on 22 different genetic, social, and spiritual experiments on Earth.
A decade would pass before any more spheres would be seen.
In the late 1990's, hundreds of these massive spheres began to enter the solar system, some using the Sun as a type of stargate or portal, whereas others entered from outside the solar system.
These massive objects were observed by amateur astronomers at the time, giving them the name Sun Cruisers. Dozens of Solar and Heliospheric Observatory (SOHO) images were captured showing massive objects in or around the Sun between the late 1990's and early 2000's.
The Cabal was initially excited by the appearance of these objects, believing that they were the return of their dark gods. But after no contact could be made with the spheres, they became increasingly anxious.
By the early 2000's, hundreds of spheres had entered the solar system, cloaking themselves from sight so as to avoid detection. The Cabal-run SSP was able to locate the spheres using advanced methods, but was unable to determine what they were doing and why they were here.
These spheres were so enormous and entered with such numbers that the SSP could easily have mistaken their presence as an invasionary force, and most likely did.
In the midst of this, the Cabal groups on Earth were working towards their NWO agenda, scheduled to go live in 2012. Part of the plan was to start World War III and stage a fake alien invasion using highly advanced space craft that, some say, even the lower level military factions were not aware of. The code name for this plan is Project Blue Beam.
Calm down, there could be one just like him / her / it but that's just a pretend one... example
Despite the Cabal's best efforts, they constantly encountered problems when attempting to finalize their dark NWO agenda. UFOs were apparently responsible for disabling nuclear weapons platforms, and failed attempt after failed attempt to start World War III was causing delays in their long-planned timeline.
Toward the end of 2012, thousands upon thousands of the spheres, some the size of Jupiter, continued to pour into the solar system. By this time, the SSP Alliance had already broken away and began their efforts to combat the Cabal.
The Alliance was apparently flying advanced spacecraft in front of International Space Station (ISS) camera feeds in an effort to force disclosure and alert the public.
At some point between 2013 and late 2014, the group of beings who work with the massive spheres made contact with the SSP Alliance. The SSP Alliance gave them the name Sphere Being Alliance. This group is made up of five extremely advanced non-material races, who claim to be 6th to 9th density beings.
Within the density system, the Earth is considered a 3rd density sphere, much more material than etheric in nature. The importance is that the Sphere Beings are billions of years ahead of the human race, and many of the extraterrestrial groups currently in the solar system, possessing technology so advanced it renders the most intimidating Cabal-run weaponry obsolete.
The Sphere Beings claim to be custodians of this part of the galaxy and have apparently attempted to contact humanity several times in the past, offering knowledge and wisdom. In each case, the teachings were distorted by the elite priesthoods of Earth at the time, which later evolved into the Cabal, Illuminati or secret Earth governments of today.
Artist depiction of a Blue Avian, Raw-Teir-Eir, one of the five Sphere Being Alliance races
The Sphere Beings say that due to their misguided attempts to assist humanity in the past, they are karmically tied to the evolutionary track of the Earth and the people that sojourn here.
It was their attempt to impart universal knowledge that ended up creating the dark occult mystery schools. But it was the people's compliance made possible by constant trauma that allowed slavery and tyranny to flourish.
The Sphere Beings, as the name would imply, are the group in control of the highly advanced large network of spheres that have permeated the solar system, for a very specific purpose.
These spheres are not a form of technology as we would conceive of it. According to Goode, they are actually enormous versions of one of the five Sphere Being Alliance races, the Blue Orb beings.
According to the Sphere Beings, and echoed by countless alternative science researchers, the Sun is about to go through a major energetic shift, due to incoming cosmic and galactic waves of energy as a result of our transit through the galaxy.
This shift will alter life within the solar system as we know it, and has been spoken of in countless myths and legends as the end of the Great Cycle, the Rapture, the Shift of the Ages, and so on. It has been more contemporaneously called the Ascension, a transition of life into a golden age.
David Wilcock is a researcher with over 20 years of study in to the fields of alternative science, amassing a great deal of empirical data to confirm this energetic shift he calls the Ascension.
According to Goode, the network of spheres are here to help dampen this impending energetic evolution of the solar system, which if left to follow its natural course, would be an incredible shock to the people of Earth, resulting in "end time madness" and a great loss of human life.
Apparently these evolutionary shifts take place as a natural part of cosmic evolution, but normally at this late stage, a civilization has taken the time to prepare by becoming more loving, harmonious and service to others—by transcending selfishness.
The collective consciousness of a planet determines the of polarity the shift, according to Goode and one of the Sphere Being Alliance race members, Raw-Teir-Eir. On a world filled with self-serving beings, the shift moves towards a dark NWO type planet, where the service-to-self path can be explored.
Conversely, on a world filled with altruistic unselfish beings, the shift moves toward a loving cooperative type planet - the Golden Age spoken of in myths and legend. But due to the influence of the Cabal, who planned on steering the shift into a darker manifestation, the people of Earth have not prepared enough to take full advantage of a positive transition.
In other words, the Cabal wanted to have a dark ascension, but were unsuccessful in their efforts; however, they were successful in slowing down the positive evolution of humanity. As a result, the Sphere Beings are delaying the energetic shift to give us the time to prepare, to change ourselves from within, and end the madness that has been created without.
As was stated earlier, the Sphere Beings are partially responsible for creating the Cabal, and are here to provide support for the positive transition.
The Sphere Beings are not here to rescue humanity, but provide the guidance and environmental supported needed for us to stand up and liberate ourselves.
In the process, all those who have not progressed enough along a positive track will gain the experiences needed to make the shift. That is to say, the people of Earth playing a direct role in their own liberation will simultaneously end Cabal rule while propelling us towards the so-called fourth density positive timeline spoken of in the Law of One material.
The Sphere Being Alliance contacted the SSP Alliance in an effort to provide guidance for their stated intention to free humanity. The SSP Alliance, despite their benevolent intentions, are not angelic beings, as stated by Goode. They are military minded former Cabal-run defectors and groups, with less then gracious methods.
Artists impression of recent events as described by Corey Goode
They believe they can "bomb their way out of a situation," as stated by Goode. As a result, the SSP Alliance, in its own right, has learning and growth to do just like humanity at large.
The Sphere Beings were initially working through Lt. Col. Gonzales, a member of the SSP Alliance, but after a major event toward the end of 2014, they called for Corey Goode by name. More on this later.
The Earth-based Alliances play a part in the partial disclosure and full disclosure agenda in several ways. Firstly, some of these groups have aligned themselves with the partial disclosure camp and others have gone to the opposite end of full disclosure.
As such, these groups represent one of the largest hurdles and are simultaneously crucial for bringing forward the data dumps mentioned earlier. Thus, one cannot overlook this aspect of the story.
According to Goode (and made evident by countless other spokesmen, whistleblowers, insiders and White Hats), a great many alliances have long had a desire to free the planet from the yoke of Cabal oppression and enslavement.
As one can imagine, the Cabal's methods of coercion, use of violence and intimidation have left a trail of destruction and grievance throughout history. In the process, maligned groups from all walks of life have been given a justifiable reason to seek out other groups that have the common goal of ending Cabal rule.
Some of the names mentioned should stand out as known figures in alternative media with their own stated narrative and plans for ending Cabal rule. And what should also be apparent is that some of these figures that claim mass arrests are coming, an end to the Federal Reserve System, release of free energy technology, and so on - have yet to deliver on their promises. As a result they have inadvertently caused much confusion and disillusionment within the awakening community.
Some of these groups have not been able to affect major change because of advanced time-lensing (looking into possible futures via remote viewing) and AI technology employed by the Cabal.
In this case, many plans and efforts by alliances to take actions were ultimately unsuccessful because the Cabal anticipated what was coming. And in other cases, groups disagree what the plan of action should be, and therefore, can't coordinate to effect meaningful change. Their lack of unity combined with advanced Cabal technology has crippled any plan from gaining traction.
As an side, it should be clear that the Cabal, through their greater coherence and unity, have been able to effect greater changes on Earth than all the awakening people and alliance groups combined. This may lead some to conclude that they have some kind of pre-destiny to rule the planet or that perhaps we are on a dark timeline.
However, I would argue that the primary cause for their success is co-creative coherence - individuals consenting to their plans either directly or indirectly - along with unity within their ranks. This would suggest that if the Earth-based Alliances and the awakening community can find it within themselves to work together, great change could be realized very quickly.
The Partial Disclosure Argument and Logic
Some of the aforementioned groups want a complete and total end of the paradigm of financial slavery, full disclosure and a release of hidden technology, whereas others want to have their 100 years of power and control over the planet.
For example, the Eastern financial powers, as controlled by the dynastic families of Asia, want to end the Western financial system, and install a more fair system. But ultimately the new system is still financial slavery. They want this because the West had their 100 years of the Federal Reserve System, and now they want their turn to be masters of humanity, according to Goode.
Goode also disclosed that the Cabal have spent years slowly infiltrating some of these Earth-based groups, and that many of their original intentions have become distorted. Many of the groups now calling for partial disclosure have been corrupted by these infiltrators. Even though the Cabal seems to be losing power and control at every turn, they still foolishly clamor for power; and ultimately this will be their undoing.
Developments in 2015
Now that critical aspects of the background story and key players have been revealed, we can proceed on with developments that lead to today and the partial disclosure agenda that is actively moving forward due-to the Earth-based Cabal-infiltrated alliances.
In December 2014, the Cabal attempted to destroy one of the spheres close to the Earth. The effort was captured on ISS camera feeds, which quickly stopped transmitting video after the event. According to Goode, the Cabal used one of their high tech particle beam weapons to fire at a sphere close to the Moon.
Here's an image of what was captured in the ISS feed:
Allegedly an ISS camera feed image showing one of the spheres being hit by a particle beam weapon
Apparently the red line is a particle beam discharge and object struck was a sphere glowing red-hot from the impact. According to NASA, the event was due to a facility attempting to create an artificial star.
Did ISS cam capture video of a UFO shooting a laser at Earth?
A video recorded from the International Space Station’s live video feed shows a strange red dot in space that seemingly shoots a laser beam towards Earth.
The video was captured and uploaded to YouTube by user Streetcap1 on December 5.
Although it is possible that the ISS camera captured an extraterrestrial UFO, there are other potential explanations for the strange light and the laser beam.
The video was reportedly recorded on December 5. On this date, the European Southern Observatory’s Very Large Telescope fired its laser into the sky to create an artificial star. This process is done periodically to fine-tune the observatory’s telescopes. (Source)
Goode was told that the Sphere Beings used an Aikido principle to reflect the aggressive energy of this attack back down to its place of origin. Apparently there were many high-level Cabal operatives at the facility, which was almost completely destroyed.
This was the first aggressive action taken by the Cabal against the Sphere Beings. What followed was to completely change the game for the Cabal.
Raising The Energy Barrier
According to Goode, shortly after the December 2014 attack, a massive energy barrier went up around the entire solar system and this prevents any group, human or otherwise, from leaving or entering. Communication was also heavily hindered by the raising of this barrier.
And apparently one of the Sphere Being Alliance races, the Blue Orb beings, are responsible for the barrier and the Spheres. Goode revealed during an episode of Cosmic Disclosure that the energetic barrier is itself one of these living Blue Orb beings, as well as the thousands of spheres within the solar system at this time.
As a result, the SSP factions were unable to continue their operations outside the solar system. In addition, there were dozens of groups that have been here for hundreds of thousands of years that were also trapped.
Finally, the Draco Alliance, the top of the Cabal pyramid of power was also unable to leave the solar system, and it just so happened that the bulk of this group's leadership was trapped here after the barrier was raised.
Apparently many of these groups were intending to vacate prior to the solar shift event, but are now unable to, further exacerbating an already precarious exopolitical situation.
As a result of the energy barrier going up, the SSP Alliance had even more defections coming over from Cabal-run groups. Some of these defectors brought actionable intelligence with them regarding production facilities on Mars and elsewhere in the solar system. Certain members of the SSP Alliance decided to take advantage of the situation by destroying two large production facilities, one on Mars and another undisclosed location.
During the Consciousness Life Expo, David Wilcock presented the following image from the Washington Post that he claims confirms that a large facility on Mars was destroyed.
These events occurred around February 17th, 2015. While Cabal-run facilities were destroyed, each location was populated by thousands of innocent laborers, who all lost their lives in the atrocities.
The Sphere Being Alliance, a highly moral and altruistic group, was not pleased by the events, and on February 27th 2015, shortly after these two tragedies, they decided to call on empath Corey Goode by name to represent the Sphere Being Alliance as a delegate to the SSP Alliance.
Corey Goode Requested by the Sphere Being Alliance
The SSP Alliance was already in some form of contact through their appointee Lt. Col. Gonzales and were not pleased by the Sphere Being Alliance's request for Goode.
Although Goode had a tour of duty in Solar Warden between 1987 and 2007 (being age regressed and returned back to the time he left) he had been out of the program for decades, and his former position in Solar Warden was low level. To the SSP Alliance Council, Goode was an outsider and they treated him as such.
Goode later appeared before the SSP Alliance Council where he met one of the members of Sphere Being Alliance races, the Blue Avian known as Raw-Teir-Eir. The being connected to Goode telepathically, and he began communicating a message of peace, forgiveness and personal healing to the SSP Alliance, who all but balked at the "hippy love" sentiment.
The SSP Alliance was under the impression that the Sphere Beings were going to reveal a grand plan to kick the Cabal's butt. Instead, they were scolded for the two recent atrocities against Cabal-run facilities and the collateral damage suffered as a result.
The White Royal Draco are an elite class of reptilians in the Draco Alliance. They have been cybernetically enhanced and require looshe or "fear food" generated by the Earth's population in order to survive, according to other insiders.
The Draco entered the solar system some 370,000 years ago in an effort to turn the Earth into a "fear food factory," as well as other undisclosed plans. The Cabal groups from antiquity have long worshiped these Draco as their gods; and by all accounts, the Draco used their human zealots as pawns in a cosmic game of domination and control.
The Draco also have an extra-dimensional overlord that is most likely a malevolent artificial intelligence - the same AI responsible for infecting countless human subjects and computer systems on Earth.
At some point after the energy barrier went up, a major meeting took place between the Draco Alliance and all their various Cabal underlings. The Draco claim to be the top of the Cabal pyramid of power on Earth, with various human and non-human agencies within their employ.
The Draco, being high-level Cabal figures, apparently held a meeting wherein they offered to betray all of their underlings to the SSP Alliance for safe passage out of the solar system. The other Cabal groups in attendance were completely taken aback by the offer, and a tremendous amount of infighting took place shortly after.
According to Goode, as revealed by Gonzales during the early part of 2016, the controlled implosion of the Western financial system was halted after an agreement was reached between some of the Earth-based Alliances, presumably those in the East. But despite this alleged development, the global economy, especially within Western nations, has continued to decline.
Early Talk of Partial or Limited Disclosure in July 2015
In July of 2015, a meeting took place between the human-Cabal groups and the SSP Alliance, with Goode in attendance. During this meeting, the first talk of a partial or limited disclosure plan was spoken of. Here is an excerpt from Goode's July 9th report:
"[The human elite] stated that they had been forced through generations of mind control and threats to do all of the things that they had done. They further stated that they would prefer to work with the Alliances in setting up a new financial system that was fair to all of humanity and to begin a controlled disclosure that would not expose certain crimes and incidents that would incriminate them in their lifetime.
They stated that they believed that this information would also contain too much negative details in a short time for the average person to deal with. They stated that because of people's religious beliefs and the paradigm that had been created by those currently in control that a sudden release of this information would lead to riots and suicides on a mass scale.
Taking all of that in consideration they proposed that a plan be agreed on that allowed the release of certain information and technologies while withholding the majority of information for a 50 year time period. [Bolding added.]
Gonzales and Goode were in attendance during this meeting and reported back to the SSP and Sphere Being Alliance.
Materially Disproving the Basis of Partial Disclosure
Let's pause in the narrative to review the important points of partial disclosure - as it was just presented by the Cabal during Goode's July 2015 meeting - and materially disprove each one.
The reason for doing this is to point out the flawed logic of the Cabal, to show that their reasoning is in error, and as such, that the partial disclosure proposal is not the best option - it's not even a good idea. This is important within a lawful capacity to demonstrate our competency as an awakening community.
In contract law (which is the basis of the legal system and treaties between groups), providing a superior argument is an essential part of rebutting presumptions that form the basis of implied consent, the very same consent issued by the people the Cabal rely on to further their agenda.
Instead of saying nothing, and agreeing to the logic of the partial disclosure timeline, we rebut each point to disprove any logical basis thereby invalidating the proposed agenda with precision.
In order for an agreement to be binding, the parties defined by it must have a meeting of the minds wherein any logical fallacies (inconsistencies with the truth) are discovered and addressed.
First, the Cabal groups said, they had been forced through generations of mind control and threats to do all of the things that they had done. Granted these poor souls have endured unspeakable hardship, but that is no justification to continue their harmful actions against others.
This is a statement attempting to divert culpability away from themselves, in that, they are not as responsible for their actions due to what happened to them. This statement is a reflection of victim consciousness, a state of disempowerment and trauma, requiring healing in order to transcend.
But the key point of the rebuttal is that one's own personal suffering is never a valid excuse to continue harming others. The Cabal was notified by many agents of the light that their machinations are wrong, against universal law, and immoral no matter how they look at it. When one is notified of wrongdoing and chooses to continue, they prove their incompetence and dishonor.
In law, this forms a basis for defensive actions to be taken by an honorable party. So on this score, their basis for continuing harmful actions in the form of a partial disclosure plan is unfounded and unsupported by the truth.
They said that they want to work with the Alliances in setting up a new financial system that [is] fair to all of humanity. What the "new financial system" actually ends up being is crucial; just because it's "fair to all" doesn't mean it's anymore free, honorable, or abundant for the people.
For example, a financial system based on everyone being forced to work as slaves is fair to all because everyone receives the same treatment, hence it is fair. But slavery is still slavery, and as the old saying goes, the devil is in the details. So just because they said they want a more fair system doesn't mean that we should just blindly accept it.
In order for this offer to be valid within an contractual capacity, they must define what this new system is with specificity, which they have not done. Therefore, this point lacks substance and as such cannot be taken seriously as a basis to justify partial disclosure. If the full breadth of this fairer system was outlined then we could discern if it is truly fair. Until then, it remains an empty promise.
And as an aside, externalized financial systems like the one we use today are very risky, especially when the population that uses it is not fully educated. I would argue, an ideal financial system is one based on no externalized representations of value at all, a moneyless society. For more on this, see the below linked articles.
They said they wanted to begin a controlled disclosure that would not expose certain crimes and incidents that would incriminate them in their life time. Clearly this is an effort to avoid the people's justice, to avoid being held responsible for their actions.
Now I am not advocating a French-Revolution style mass revenge of the Cabal, but like all beings of consciousness, honoring one's creations and deeds, is essential to growth and healing.
Ultimately, taking responsibility for one's actions is healing for the individual as well as those who have been harmed because it provides a way for each party to understand the whole truth so as to restore trust - negotiate a fair and equitable resolution.
On this score, avoiding justice for 50 years just prevents the healing and reconciliation that we all need to move forward.
Without all the facts, an individual can't motivate themselves to grow and change for the better. So on this basis, the proposal of delaying the truth and reconciliation tribunal is unacceptable, as it would prevent the healing everyone needs.
Moving on, they said they believed that this information would also contain too much negative details in a short time for the average person to deal with. Yes the average person is going to have a major adjustment period, but I doubt that it "would lead to riots and suicides on a mass scale."
After the World Trade Center attacks of September 11th, 2001, instead of people going crazy because of the horrors of what happened, it brought them together in a big way. New York is a city infamous for the callous indifference of the population, yet even when these hardened city dwellers were faced with a chance to unite in love and kindness, the vast majority did so.
Yes, because of people's religious beliefs and the paradigm that had been created by those currently in control, a change will be very difficult, but this is why the whole truth is needed.
Only when we make contact with the whole truth can we see the errors of the past, in this case, the errors of religious beliefs that are usually designed to make someone feel disempowered. So again, the whole truth is the only viable option. We can't change into a free and prosperous society without it, and as such, this point has no basis in truth.
Finally, they proposed that a plan be agreed on that allowed the release of certain information and technologies while withholding the majority of information for a 50-year time period. After providing their supportive logic, they state their proposal for the partial disclosure timeline.
But this proposal does not provide adequate resolution to the problems at hand. No measure of true healing, restoration of honor, or reconciliation of past crimes can take place under this plan. In other words, it is a token gesture, indicating the Cabal is not ready to truly change their ways.
From a contractual perspective, the Cabal have already positioned themselves as custodians of humanity and the planet, this agreement is already in place (e.g. the Papal Bull Unam Sanctum and the Cestui Que Vie Trusts) and implied consent was issued by the people long ago.
But part of this agreement required that the powers that be act as honorable custodians, which they have clearly failed to do. As a result, the people of Earth have a long standing right under this agreement to redress of grievance, or an opportunity to tell the Cabal they have failed to live up to their end of the bargain.
If the Cabal want to restore the trust and honor the contract, they must explicitly acknowledge all of our grievances and provide remedy to each harmed person - this is what a truth and reconciliation tribunal is designed to accomplish. And they must cease any and all actions that cause further dishonor of the agreement.
But they have done none of these things, and only paid lip service to ending their dishonorable actions that are in breach of contract and trust.
During the delay period put forth in the partial disclosure proposal, the Cabal intends on continuing their transhumanist NWO agenda, enslaving the people, and trying to start wars to depopulate the planet.
The Cabal have proven themselves to be untrustworthy, and as such, they are in dishonor insofar as the trust relationship to the people is concerned. Within universal law, when rulers dishonor the public trust, the people are empowered to overthrow them.
Considering the Cabal have not even tried to change their ways, despite saying they would, the people have prima facie evidence to move forward with a peoples uprising for an end of Cabal rule. And the universe itself will support us in this supreme effort.
Although the Cabal imply that they were considering working with the Alliances for disclosure and global change, they seem to have already been moving forward with partial disclosure well before this meeting took place. Here are some examples, in addition to the ones provided at the beginning of this article.
David Wilcock has also been covering an extensive amount of soft disclosure on his website divinecosmos.com.
So while the Cabal suggests that they have had a change of heart, presumably due-to exopolitical changes resulting from the energy barrier, it seems they haven't changed their agenda of domination and control.
And in the midst of these alleged negotiations for peace, the Cabal have continued their machinations against the people, such as, false flag attacks, financial warfare, ceaseless environmental destruction, continued poisoning of food and water, and so on.
Again, if an agreement is to be honorable and binding, made in good faith and based on a demonstration of trust, the Cabal have failed to meet their end of the bargain. Are they honoring their word? Are they making a good faith attempt to stop what they have been forced to do through generations of mind control and threats? No they haven't.
2015 saw more false flag attacks then any other year on record, all in an effort to start more conflict and trigger World War III. The financial system has also seen more manipulation than possibly any other time in history. These are not the actions of a group seeking to earn trust and cooperate to effect change.
More Talk of Partial Disclosure in October 2015
For several months there wasn't much talk of any further developments related to negotiations for disclosure. But as was mentioned earlier, draconian operations of the Cabal continued to make life difficult for the people of Earth, a lack of good faith and a demonstration of dishonor.
In October of 2015, Goode reported that the secret Earth government and their syndicates were still trying to realize armageddon via a biblical prophesy regarding the destruction of Damascus. He also said that some of the Earth-based alliances, the Asian groups, are pushing for their 100 years of financial power, by forcing an implosion of the Western controlled financial system.
Here's an excerpt from Goode's October 2015 report:
"I was told several things a few weeks ago (Intel that most write off as "fear porn") about the dynamics occurring on the planet which include the (“controlled implosion”) demise of the western controlled financial system, the fall of the leaders of certain syndicates as well as infiltration by other syndicates into various Earth Alliance Groups to push for an agreement that would allow the east to have their one hundred years of financial rule. [Bolding added.]
From the earlier proposal in July of 2015, the tone changed somewhat. The point of interest in Goode's account is that infighting and positioning is taking place on the world stage.
Dozens of cabal groups (secret government syndicates) as well as Earth-based alliances are all clamoring to have their version of a new world come to fruition; and some of these visions are not benevolent.
Goode also says the Cabal have infiltrated some of these Earth-based alliances and is actively manipulating them to accept the partial disclosure agenda, most-likely using the rationale that we disproved above.
More statements from Goode's October 2015 report:
" If this heavily pushed [partial disclosure] plan were to win out over the SSP Alliance Full Disclosure Event and Data Dump plan, we would start off with a limited disclosure that would slowly unfold into full disclosure and transition the world into new technologies and social programs that would make the transition into a “Star Trek” type society more manageable and less of a shock to society.
There is talk of limited trials of certain syndicate leaders that are the most well-known while others may receive a pass of sorts.
This is all still under fairly fluid of course but with the infiltrations of some ground-based alliance groups, a general anxiety of completely giving up a monetary system and beginning a new system of living on top of the disturbing information contained in the databases that would be “dumped”, this plan seems to be gaining more and more popularity in “think tanks” on both sides.
This is not at all how the SSP Alliance Council wants to see things unfold but cooperation of the ground alliance (Combining essential resources and infrastructure) is essential in the SSP Alliance Councils plan coming into fruition.
This has been cause of consternation between Earth Alliance groups as well as quite a lot of anger and frustration within the SSP Alliance Groups. The uncomfortable fact is that there are compromised people in both alliances and it is causing trust and fragmentation issues throughout. Infiltrating organizations, creating conflicting agendas and ideology between its members is something these syndicates seem to do almost effortlessly."
Essentially, Goode is reporting on the negotiations between Earth-based groups in their formation of the partial disclosure plan. These developments were still fluid at the time. The Cabal groups seemed to spend the time they had doing what they do best, manipulating and intimidating others into complying with their plans, by any means necessary. Possibly these Earth-based groups had a more benevolent agenda at one time.
And as frustrating as this is for the SSP Alliance, they cannot move forward with Full Disclosure independent of alliance groups on the surface.
For even if the data dumps occurred tomorrow, the propaganda machines of every major nation could easily debunk anything that managed to make it into the public arena.
Solidification of the Partial Disclosure Agenda in 2016
On January 14th, 2016 Goode released an update in regard to on going negotiations taking place between the Cabal or secret Earth government syndicates and Earth-based alliance groups.
Here is an excerpt from the report:
"The SSP Alliance meetings I attended were mostly briefings on the negotiations between the Earth Alliance Groups and the Secret Earth Governments and their Syndicates. I saw nearly half a dozen plans put forth that ranged from a NWO 2.0 with a little bit of disclosure to plans for an overt military conflict between these groups.
With the most negative forces threatening to detonate 1 to 3 super volcanoes located under the oceans. If memory serves correctly there is one large 1 in the Atlantic Ocean and 2 in the Pacific Oceans located in both hemispheres. The majority of these Secret Earth Government Syndicates however are coming to the table with the Earth Alliance to negotiate a bloodless financial coup and a limited yet slowly unfolding disclosure narrative.
The controlled collapse of Western Economics is only one front in what will be called a "different kind of Stealth World War" by History. This "world War" (that is occurring between the Secret Earth Syndicates and the various Earth Alliance Groups is being fought through proxy armies, massive hacks/electronic attacks and attacks against financial/government/corporate entities that make up the opposition.
The SSP Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance has made it clear that we as a collective consciousness are choosing a path or future timeline. We are at a critical juncture to where our future could be one of a NWO 2.0 with some debt forgiveness, a bit of free currency and a new Babylonian Money Magic Slave System OR we have a full disclosure event during this time of social catalyst. [Bolding added.]
From this report we can infer that the Secret Earth Syndicates and the various Earth Alliance Groups are fighting against financial / government / corporate entities that make up the opposition.
This means that some of the Earth-based alliances have joined the secret Earth syndicates and their partial disclosure agenda. Furthermore, these groups are actively attacking the opposition or any group that wants full disclosure.
Based on this report, the stealth World War is focused on forcing other groups to comply with partial disclosure.
Three days after Goode released this update, the Boeing advertisement, You just wait, debuted on television. The overtones of this ad are congruent with the limited disclosure agenda, as will be detailed shortly.
Developments of 2016
In the midst of all this, several mainstream media outlets covered UFO whistleblower stories.
Arguably one of the most obvious examples of the partial disclosure agenda is season 10 of The X-files, which came back after a decade long hiatus.
The fact that the show came out right as the partial disclosure agenda was being solidified is probably no coincidence considering that it is one of the most overt presentations of secret government activity in television history.
On February 14th, 2016, Goode reported that there were developments occurring behind the scenes between the Cabal and Earth-based alliances. He cited a meeting between Henry Kissinger and Vladimir Putin as evidence, and made light of some other developments.
Here is an excerpt from that mid February 2016 update:
"[The powers that] TPT (were) are indeed showing signs of capitulation in this great struggle and negotiation between their syndicates and various Earth Based Alliance groups. Some are feigning compliance while working on dirty tricks and false flags in the background. They do not realize it will only make their situation worse.
There are many meetings between people/groups that many may scratch their heads over and wonder why the meeting is occurring. There is much that hasn't been reported recently about the quiet movement of troops to various cities in the U.S. driving in unmarked caravans and wearing plain clothes.
One tries not to get their hopes up too much but things are looking to be coming to an end for one group and a beginning for another group (their 100 years).
All the signs are there and the movement that is now occurring in the public eye is enough to cause knee jerk reaction stories and indeed they make you wonder.
Kissinger was not meeting Putin to discuss global finances or their old "friendship" in his recent flight to Moscow. IMHO you could see the shame and confusion on his face. [Bolding added.]
This excerpt implies that cohesion of various Earth-based groups towards the partial disclosure plan has taken place, things are coming to an end for one group and beginning for another (their 100 years of power). On February 16th, 2016, Goode posted an update stating he was warned to back off of the full disclosure narrative as it is 'irresponsible to the public'.
This was three days prior to Goode's scheduled appearance at the Consciousness Life Expo event. He and David Wilcock intended to present material at their Friday night talk, which would "blow the lid off of" the partial disclosure agenda.
During that talk, they did present a huge volume of full disclosure related information, data that if it were made public would make partial disclosure impossible.
This suggests that the Cabal and Earth-based alliance groups had enough agreement on the partial disclosure agenda to feel threatened by what Goode is revealing to the public. This in and of itself is a major indication that the agenda has been agreed to at some level, and is actively moving forward. And it also indicates that a grassroots effort is a clear and present danger to the partial disclosure agenda, a point we must not forget.
100 Year Partial Disclosure Boeing Ad "You just wait"
And now, without further ado, here is the analysis of the Boeing Ad.
Watch the short ad yourself to see what you can glean. Now that the background story has been presented, the theme of partial disclosure should hopefully be quite obvious.
Consider that the Cabal are masters of subliminal influencing and subconscious programming. From a psychological point of view, any information we are exposed to but don't not consciously acknowledge and understand, affects our mental processes, our desires, insights, and intuitions. This is generally referred to as Subtle Influence.
The lens through which we perceive the world is affected by the subconscious mind, influencing what we see and the meanings generated therefrom. But due to the unique perspective and experience of each person, the end result of subtle influencing is not always the same.
However, in the main, these effects act on populations in a bell curve capacity, with the majority falling in line with the desired outcome of the suggestion - if the proper pre-existing conditioning is present within an individual.
Social engineering or propaganda spread liberally throughout society through the media ensures that the masses are well conditioned to receive updates on programing with ease.
Debunkers of subliminal or supraliminal influence and predictive programming assume that if it were possible to manipulate someone's consciousness in this way, everyone should have the same reaction but this is not how the science works.
Pre-existing triggers, usually provided by indoctrination of cultural norms, provides the foundation for subliminal conditioning. This is why some advertisements work very well on some demographics whereas others have no effect.
For example, ads targeting women won't work on men because the cultural cues are different. In another example, sexual repression programming in society enables advertising with sexually suggestive imagery to stimulate these suppressed regions, usually invoking a desire for whatever product it is associated with, as we'll see in a moment.
The first program installed into a person's consciousness is the thought-form of self doubt and fear. Fear of life itself is programmed in via the use of reinforcement parenting methods, according to Joseph Chilton Pearce, author of Magical Child.
He says positive or negative reinforcement trains our children to fear life because at a young age they can't understand these techniques the way adults do, taking them very personally.
The child understand positive reinforcement as unconditional, and when there is no reinforcement it is subconsciously understood as lack of love, which slowly manifests as an abandonment complex.
Negative reinforcement has a similar and more obvious effect of making a child feel abandoned as a subtle message. Pearce says that the key is to teach our children how to explore and play, something they do naturally, with techniques that help them avoid the pitfalls of life.
Once the program of fear has been installed, it blossoms in to a host of psychological triggers that can be manipulated by subtle influence. In advertising, the feeling of inadequacy or dissatisfaction with oneself and the world can be associated with all manner of things to invoke a desire for a product in the target.
This is used to get us to buy things we think we need to feel satisfied. Subconsciously, we may not feel like we're attractive enough, smart enough, good enough for our friends and loved ones, and so on, and once this self-loathing belief has been firmly implanted, we can be baited into all sorts of things if the right buttons are pushed.
When pressured into a state of wanting or needing, a kind of mild fight or flight response occurs, taking over such that we seek or desire things to restore equanimity - "products and services" pushed by the Cabal.
Here's a fairly obvious example of a sexually targeted image, designed to stimulate the subconscious sexual programming of the observer. Interestingly enough, this candy is targeting children, which via their exposure to various forms of media, receive their sexual repression training early on in life.
In this example, the word "SEX" is made by a red skittle placed next to the word "Explosion." Notice how the first two letters of explosion are capitalized, emphasizing the supraliminal association that this product has with sex. In other words, the overt message would read something like this:
"If you feel sexually repressed and inadequate, like you just aren't getting enough good sex in your life. Look no further! Skittles can satisfy all your sexual needs."
One reason why subtle influencing works is because the mind is a storehouse of knowledge and experiences recorded as a mesh of information that psychologists call a Semantic Network.
In each moment of experience, the mind records everything in our perception as embedded concepts or ideas, along with our emotional state. We could call this a mind tree.
An object within the field of our perception is charged with meaning from past experience, present emotional states, and intuitive insights. Simply observing something subconsciously triggers recollections that associate and activate thought-forms at a subconscious level that influence our point of view and resulting moment to moment impressions.
For example, to a non-smoker, seeing an ashtray on a dining room table can invoke feelings of disgust and unpleasantness. This reaction, most would agree, affects our abilities after the fact, as a feeling of disgust often does. But these are conscious triggers, wherein we can recognize or trace back how our state of being was altered via an object in our perception.
Subtle processes work in the same way, except we don't recognize the triggering stimulus, yet the effect on our state of being is just as strong. Via subliminal (subconscious) or supraliminal (conscious) triggers, thought-forms within the unconscious can be activated that affects perception, altering our desires and methods of achieving them.
Here is a short video to emphasize the mechanics we're discussing here. The terms used by the presenter are slightly different than my own, but the conceptual framework is essentially the same.
The ability to manipulate consciousness by subtle means is well established, but just how powerfully can this work? Is it just a mild influence or can we actually be made to do specific things?
The short answer is both. The mind itself is a meaning generating machine, its constantly receiving influences from the environment and altering our consciousness as a result. So on the question of are we being influenced, the answer is most definitely yes. Now the question is, can these influences be focused such that a person's behavior can be precisely controlled?
For many reading this article, who are aware of the insidious nature of the Cabal, the answer is obvious, but in the interest of objectivity, let's assume it is not.
The following short video demonstrates, first that it is possible to alter someone's behavior by subtly influencing them in a very precise way. In order to do this, knowledge of a person's mental syntax or structure in consciousness as it is relates to the world is required. Since everyone has different life experiences, the language through which we conceptualize our reality is different.
Everyone possesses a different Semantic Network, to use the psychology term mentioned above, and as such, the larger the target population the more difficult it is to guarantee specific results.
And here is another example proving that one can produce precise behavioral results in another if the proper process is used to steer consciousness are harnessed.
At this point, it should be fairly clear that its not only possible to subtly influence a person's mind, its actively taking place in our world today. As far as how to protect oneself from subtle influencing, consider that the conscious mind's power to override suggestion can only take place if we have gained awareness.
These softer forms of mind control can only work on an individual that has not developed mental discipline to discern influence from genuine personal desire. But the good news is whether or not a desire came from a suggestion or not doesn't really matter insofar as determining if it is for our highest and best good or if it is moral and honors the rights of others.
In short, we can evaluate the ethical and idealistic factors involved in making a choice regardless of whether it came from a subtle suggestion or not, and in this way, the conscious mind - where our free will has the most power - can override even the most well crafted influencing methods.
The entire advertisement industry is based around the psychological effect of subtle influencing, with the propaganda machine of the Cabal employing suggestions at all levels of society to entice the masses into following their plans. We need only look out into the world to see the evidence and success of this.
The Suggestion: You Just Wait
Given these methods, the first thing to notice is the title, You just wait. This is an overarching command or suggestion for the whole video. Subtle suggestion works by presenting a series of ideas, concepts or information and then applying a conceptual label or bias over it. In this case, the suggestion is that all the things presented in the video youhave to wait for.
For the unawakened masses, they will receive the suggestion or programing fully, due to their lack of conscious recognition of the items presented.
When they see images of a futuristic better world of free energy, space age technology and so on, the preconditioned bias in their minds will be to reject the whole idea because they have been programmed to just wait. But as was said earlier, not everyone will have this reaction, it only works on a very specific subset of the population.
There are other layers of conditioning from society influencing the outcome due to the mind's holistic and additive nature. This is why social engineers use the same general framework in all forms of subtle conditioning so that conflicts don't arise.
One of these ubiquitous programs is the use of science fiction and the presentation of valid scientific concepts in a fantastic way that conditions the mind to label what is presented as fiction.
If we see someone in a movie using telepathy and psychic powers, we might subconsciously assume such things aren't real because they were presented in an unreal context - a fictional work. But when we have a conscious set of knowledge that overrides this subconscious program, we'll draw a different conclusion.
Subtle suggestion techniques work by presenting a series of triggers or prepackaged ideas so as to create a contextual framework for the suggestion. This is done by introducing images or lines of dialog that invoke certain ideas within the minds of the audience, which are then woven together into a narrative.
Like telling a story, one needs to present the setting or context first. Then after the proper ideas have been invoked in the viewer's mind, the whole presentation is enshrouded or encased under the umbrella of a suggestion or command.
Here is an advertisement from Lexus as an example.
The ad starts by showing a beautiful woman standing in front of the Arch de Triumph in Paris, the suggestion is: successful men want this woman. Then it goes on to show interlaced shots of the woman walking and the man driving the fancy new car; the guy that every man watching should identify with.
Then the man parks the car in front of the modern version of the Arch, the woman walks into the shot, and the man embraces her in a passionate kiss. The whole time this is happening, the dialog is making a comparison between the old and the new, suggesting that if you want to "stand out," if you want the girl, then you have to redefine sophistication, you have to redefine yourself in the way we are telling you.
Then the command or suggestion comes in at the end, this is the pursuit of perfection; or more clearly stated: a Lexus is the pursuit of perfection. In other words, if you want the girl, you need to redefine yourself by buying a Lexus.
This is classic subtle programming. I don't know the precise psychological term to describe it, but I would liken it to the inadequate, dissatisfied, self loathing technique mentioned above; whereby, we're conditioned to believe we aren't good enough, and we need the product being sold to feel whole again.
Now let's go over the transcript and imagery of the Boeing advertisement line by line.
Note: Before doing so, it should be understood that there are no black and white meanings or inferences to make when analyzing subtleties in advertisements. All interpretations are valid in the observers eye, yet the devices employed, as was stated earlier, tend to produce a bell curve effect wherein the majority of responses in a given population fall within a predetermined set.
"Welcome to the World of 2116"
1. Welcome to the world of 2116 – With this first line of dialog, the idea of a high tech future world is invoked in the minds of the audience, with a specific date associated to it of 2116.This brighter future concept is further reinforced by the high tech city skyline.
A man and what could be his daughter are marveling at the world they live in. Although it's hard to make out, they are both smiling, suggesting to the audience that they are happy and content, which most people can empathize with. When we see that other people are happy, we want to know why, because we want to be happy too, so we'll draw our attention to what they are looking at, the world of 2116. This device triggers curiosity with a bias of positivity.
This also subtly creates the pretext of dissatisfaction within the observer, because if we are drawn in by the offer to empathize with happy people, we are unconsciously telling ourselves we're not happy.
This foundation of dissatisfaction created by recognizing the satisfaction of others is a commonly used technique in the advertising industry. These techniques are so subtle most people never notice them.
The suggestion or pre-packaged idea in this section is a brighter future everyone can enjoy with those closest to them. This is a technique for enticing the audience to buy into the vision being presented; it is the bait, the carrot on a stick.
This draws the focus of the audience into the world being created by the images and dialog in the ad. The brighter future theme is the overt message everyone consciously recognizes and will be later associated with the command you just wait.
The majority of the conceptual invocation of the brighter future took place within the first few seconds of the ad, the remaining portions of the video reinforce the foundation laid down by this first scene.
"You Can Fly Across Town in Minutes"
2. You can fly across town in minutes – In this section, the general idea of a high tech brighter future is expanded. The implied inference presented in the first scene is bolstered and reinforced by the statement we can fly across town in minutes.
This notion of faster travel or commuting times is enticing to most people in the modern world who feel that precious free time is slipping through their fingers.
This scene triggers the pre-existing belief that life is too short and we need to do everything we can to get more time. This adds a level of excitement for the audience, who was already interested in a brighter future, but now has something more specific to look forward to. The scene is meant to "pull the heart strings" of the people, to sell them something tangible they consciously want.
And the view from that altitude of space would be quite breathtaking, adding even more mystique to the offer.
Just as this image is transitioning, the next line of dialog begins.
"Or Across the Globe in Under an Hour"
3. Or across the globe in under an hour – This is another section reinforcing the brighter future concept. Most people would love the idea of traveling to different parts of the globe in a short period of time.
The image of serenely content people gazing out of the cabin window adds another layer of empathetic enticement. It's almost as if the people in this scene are blissed out or on some kind of sedative.
Notice the red seat backs. Red is a subtle command color used to compel someone into action. The act being suggested by this scene is to enter into a trancelike state of wonder and amazement, to accept the suggestion to just wait. "Whole Communities Are Living on Mars"
4. Whole communities are living on Mars– The same technique of enhancing the brighter future theme is further refined in this scene, but in a personal way. In this case, there are no happy people, there are no smiling faces. Instead, we see the backside of a man quickly pointing out a marvel to his friend on the right, which invokes curiosity in the minds of the audience.
This is a conditioning device that stimulates interest and desire, to get us to sit up in our chairs and focus our attention on what they are pointing to. But the fact we can't see clearly ensures a vacuum of understanding is created, which naturally triggers an observers imagination into action.
In response to not knowing what these two are marveling at the subconscious mind generates positive images we personally are interested in, a kind of self fulfilled feedback effect of enticement. We imagine what we would be excited seeing and then subconsciously project that feeling onto the imagined world presented on the screen.
The end result is an increased excitement level in what is being presented in a personally tailored way. By this I mean, what we imagine they are looking at is reflective of what we think is exciting to us as individuals. This has the effect of drawing us into the imagined world via associating unconscious desires onto the images.
Movie teasers, as opposed to previews, employ the same methodology by showing very little but faint glimpses of a film, which causes the viewer to fill in the gaps with what they want to see, and therefore, increasing interest.
Consider that in a crowd, most people want to fit in, so if there is something captivating the group that we can't see, we'll want to know what they are focused on. This introduces a Group Think suggestion of going along with the pack or wanting to do what everyone else is doing. A secondary suggestion in addition to the personal investment device discussed earlier.
Furthermore, this is also the first scene showing actual Mars bases or communities, an obfuscation technique of "hiding the truth in plain sight."
As was outlined above, the secret space programs have had advanced bases on Mars, the Moon and elsewhere for decades. By showing us this image of Mars colonies, under the overarching suggestion of You just wait, we are being told that the partial disclosure agenda will not be revealing the existence of real Mars bases; we have to wait for that.
"And Solar Satellites Provide Earth with Unlimited Clean Power"
5. And solar satellites provide Earth with unlimited clean power – In a scene that looks like a classroom setting on Mars, the dialog states: And solar satellites provide Earth with unlimited clean power.
On the surface, this entices the audience to conceive of an environmentally responsible future, free of energy production that pollutes the planet, and who wouldn't want that?. But I think there is much more going on in this scene.
The phrase unlimited clean power is a subtle reference to free energy or over unity production methods that produce unlimited energy; but is this energy provided to the people in a free way?
I don't think it is in this case.
Immediately afterward, an image of high tech satellites are shown hovering above the Earth.
The type of clean power being refer to here is probably not decentralized "free energy" for the people. The suggestion is that a centralized power company or agency may still be at work, which is a euphemism for a Cabal-controlled energy industry, a central pillar in their matrix of control.
The systems used to produce this energy maybe free, as in over unity production methods, but it isn't free to the people, who still need to earn-a-livingto receive it.
But why depict the classroom on Mars?
Earlier, the teacher was showing her Martian students how the Earth pulls energy from the Sun. While the dialog talks of solar satellites, the imagery associated with it implies that the Earth is drawing energy and resources from Mars:
And solar satellites provide Earth with unlimited clean power. Ambiguity in relation to where these solar satellites draw their energy translates as a suggestion to the subconscious mind.
I think the inference here is that in this future version of Earth, the Martian colonies are still going to be serving the Cabal as production facilities; like the British colonies of the past were forced to serve the Crown.
Also, remember that according to Goode, these facilities on Mars are essentially slave plantations wherein the corporate interests of the ICC, home-based on Earth, can exploit the resources of the solar system. I think the suggestion here is that the disclosure of these sites to the public won't happen until 2116, and even then, they may still be glorified slave plantations.
"In Less Than a Century, Boeing Took the World from Sea Planes, to Space Planes."
6: In less than a century, Boeing took the world from sea planes, to space planes – In this scene the reinforcement of the brighter future idea continues by invoking societal propaganda of technological progress.
The modern worldview, as promulgated by the media, educational institutions, and science is that of the glory and splendor of our technological progress. It is the belief that human history is a slow and steady progression of advancement; an assumption that peoples of the past were more primitive than the people of the present, and that technology is what fueled this progress.
One alternative researcher termed this notion the belief in the Church of Progress. This modern day belief of endless technological progress is a pretext for the transhumanist agenda.
This is the idea that the future is one where man merges with machine in an effort to correct evolutionary errors in the human organism.
The partial disclosure timeline would allow the Cabal to develop a transhumanist society, wherein human beings are increasingly dependent on, and enslaved by, technology.
Goode's statement and Salla's book was released prior to the Boeing advertisements debut.
"Across the Universe and Beyond"
7: Across the universe and beyond– This is when the video transitions back to the young girl with her father. At this point, the many layers of subtle programming are reinforced again before the big reveal of the overarching suggestion.
Reading the preceding line of dialog in succession with this line suggest that Boeing developed technology in the past 100 years to take humanity from, sea planes to space planes, across the universe and beyond
"In less than a century, Boeing took the world from sea planes, to space planes; across the universe and beyond.
Of course this perfectly matches what many SSP whistleblowers have stated, that humanity possesses technology capable of "taking ET home." This glaring admission in the advertisement will be placed under the overarching subtle suggestion of You just wait, meaning disclosure of these interstellar technologies will not come until 2116.
"And if You Thought that was Amazing..."
8: And if you thought that was amazing... – The same general imagery is presented for this section, again reinforcing the splendor of a brighter technological future, but with a subtle change.
Notice that the father character is pointing toward the Moon, while the narration reads "and if you thought that was amazing..." This is the same invocation of desire or curiosity technique used above in the Martian communities scene. It is used to fan the flames of interest, to create a fervor of excitement and anticipation in the minds of the audience, all in preparation for the final overarching suggestion or command.
The father is not just pointing to the Moon, but pointing to everything else in the scene as a final attempt to get us to agree just how amazing this world is.
"You Just Wait"
9. You just wait - As they say in the film industry, this is the "money shot." This scene is where all the previous ground work culminates in a completed thought form, the suggestion or command to just wait.
They finally reveal the face of the young girl from the beginning. Notice the same calm trancelike wonder and amazement from the earlier scenes. This girl represents the inner child of the audience, that part of us that seeks novelty and the fantastic.
The audience will take all the previous suggestions of enticement and solidify them into their consciousness, by identifying with the little girl.
The command is that we must wait for all the things presented in the advertisement; we must wait till 2116; we must wait 100 years.
Seeding the Collective Consciousness of Humanity
To me, it seems obvious that the Boeing advertisement is trying to get people to believe in partial disclosure. And there's a big reason why.
Belief collapses possibilities, it collapses timelines because we usually can't imagine something beyond the limits of what is believed to be true. This is why observing a double slit experiment collapses waves into a particles.
If you believe the world is flat, anything to do with a spherical Earth sounds like disinformation. If you believe that there are no cures for cancer, you won't bother looking for them, even though they exist. If you believe you are unattractive and undesirable, you won't pursue relationships with others.
Using these very simple examples, the power of belief should be clearly recognized. Beliefs steer our consciousness toward a particular outcome, along a timeline or track.
Now belief in and of itself won't move mountains, but it will change how we see the world, and as a result what we choose to do in life. Beliefs provide a channel or pathway for our creative energy to express itself; what we think is possible determines what we will try to do.
At this point, let's go back and review what Raw-Teir-Eir said to Goode after his meeting from July of 2015.
"I had a short communication with “Tear-Eir” where, as usual, I began to report what happened and he interrupted me by raising his hand. He then communicated that much of what we call "Full Disclosure" is not in any one group's hands. As more of this info is reported by "US" that the more it awakens people and enters their mass consciousness.
That the awakening population and their mass consciousness/co-creative abilities will determine when or how soon some of these events occur. He further communicated that we should keep up what we are doing and keep the information flowing at a high rate through trusted sources.
As this information spreads among the awakened and awakening the quicker we will cause the timeline of disclosure to happen with the power of the mass consciousness that we still do not fully understand. [Bolding added.]
What Tear-Eir is telling Goode is that the collective consciousness of humanity is the deciding factor for what shapes the future: whether we have full or partial disclosure. The Cabal know this all to well and use the methods to steer consciousness in their favor.
When people see this advertisement and get excited about what is presented, they unconsciously choose to accept it; they believe in the imaginary world created.
When we desire something it is an indication the image of it is firmly placed within the mind, for we can't desire what we can't imagine. The advertisement is a tool to get us to believe in the partial disclosure timeline, and as such, use our collective consciousness to help manifest it.
This is proof of concept for what Raw-Teir-Eir told Goode after the July meeting. We now have a tangible proof of concept for steering collective consciousness to contemplate. This is a central point that must be understood properly in order to realize what we need to do next.
The Energetic Shift Could Be Delayed
On Saturday night of the Consciousness Life Expo talk, Wilcock released a critical piece of information supplied by Goode.
Apparently the Sphere Beings told the SSP Alliance that if a grassroots full disclosure effort from within the awakening community was not successful in steering the collective consciousness of humanity, the Sphere Beings would delay the solar shift for an age. This is not their choice, they must honor humanity's free will if it chooses to delay.
While many were surprised and shocked to hear this, it actually matches what the Sphere Beings have said from the beginning, as we just detailed.
To be clear, the Sphere Beings are not enforcing a partial disclosure plan, they are simply stating the fact that the collective consciousness of humanity is in charge of what happens next, not the Sphere Beings, the SSP Alliance, the Cabal or the Earth-based alliances.
And while this might sound like a cop-out by the Sphere Beings, it is consistent with their message and reinforces the idea that our destiny is truly in our hands.
Would we really want it any other way?
Wilcock's Description of Partial Disclosure
In an article by David Wilcock, he described what partial disclosure might look like.
I want to present this information so that those in the awakening community—hopefully those who see the value of a grass-root disclosure effort—will be empowered to point this out to their fellows. When you recognize the magicians trick, you are now empowered to tell others so they won't be deceived.
The Cabal groups are furious with Corey and me for interfering with this "partial disclosure" timeline. They would kill us if they could get it authorized.
They are already grooming whistleblowers who will come forward as the heroic cosmic astronauts of a new age.
Imagine the public's surprise when they are shown new ships, told these are the UFOs everyone has been seeing, and watch films of them traveling through the solar system.
Imagine the surprise of having them de-cloak in our skies and take certain selected witnesses from earth onboard to see it and film it for themselves.
Imagine the surprise of finally knowing, on a collective level, that we are not alone in the universe and "Ancient Aliens" built all kinds of structures in the solar system.
Does it look low-fi or high-tech?
Imagine the first day that someone from here gets to walk through these ruins in a spacesuit, while it is filmed and beamed back to earth for all to marvel at.
Imagine the volumes of new information that people will be able to binge on, as the "Accepted Real Truth(TM)", once this all happens.
The bad guys go to jail, everyone gets a decent chunk of money, and we are all distracted by an incredible new story spurring endless internet flame wars.
Meanwhile, "business as usual" continues, with the Cabal groups continuing to work behind the scenes for another 100 years of gradual roll-out.
The items emphasized relate to the same time of invocations presented in the Boeing advertisement.
It should be abundantly clear that this partial disclosure scenario is progressing at this time.
The western controlled financial system is slowly imploding, lower level SSP disclosure is being released at record pace, soft disclosure from NASA and other space agencies is being ramped up, and all manner of subtle conditioning, like what is presented in The X-files, is taking place.
We Won'tWait: Full Disclosure is the Only Option
What can be done in the face of such an elaborate subtle conditioning or propaganda campaign?
The hope is that truth is on our side. Here is a quote from Raw-Teir-Eir that is of prime importance:
"As more of this info is reported by "US" ... the more it awakens people and enters their mass consciousness."
The partial disclosure agenda cannot be successful if even part of the whole truth is revealed. This is why Goode was warned to stop pushing full disclosure. And this is also why the Cabal stops at nothing to discredit anyone talking about the whole truth.
Think of it like a magic trick or an illusion. Even if only one part of the trick goes wrong, the whole thing falls apart. If a magician was trying to make a rabbit disappear, and a tiny piece of the rabbit's ear is visible to the audience, the trick is a failure, no one buys into the illusion, no one believes it.
The partial disclosure plan is equally as delicate, which means that if even a tiny shred of the whole truth makes it into the collective consciousness of humanity, it might be enough to dissolve the illusion and hamper the partial disclosure agenda.
The inspiring vision of a brighter future presented in the Boeing ad is a euphemism for a transhumanist nightmare, a vision most people won't want to believe in if they had all the facts.
So as an awakening community, our methodology can be similar to the Boeing advertisement. Our task is to spread as much of the truth as far and as wide as possible. We don't need people to accept what is offered, they just simply need to be exposed to it.
The unconscious receives all information, even if the conscious doesn't accept it, that's why subliminal and subtle conditioning works. In addition, the mechanics of truth receptivity are such that over a long enough span of time, all falsehoods eventually collapse under the weight of unreconciled truth. Hence Goode's call for a grass-roots full disclosure effort.
Steering Consciousness Towards Full Disclosure
But there's something else to consider. The universe has a bias towards positivity and mental coherence.
The Cabal are employing forms of manipulation, coercion, and deception in their efforts to steer the collective consciousness of humanity. This means that the coherence or image quality of the idea they are trying to seed needs to be very strong or of a high resolution.
They have to devote incredible amounts of energy and resources in promoting and presenting the partial disclosure idea to the masses. And as we discussed above, it only takes a small amount of truth to collapse the elaborate illusion.
The awakening community is uniquely empowered to create a positive coherent thought-form that opposes partial disclosure. This, of course, is a vision of a full disclosure future. This can be charged by group meditations like what has become popular of late, but this in and of itself isn't enough.
The more powerfully we ground this full disclosure idea into each moment of life, the more coherent and energized our consciousness becomes, and the more we help steer the collective consciousness of humanity.
Artists impression of one of the meetings described by Corey Goode
Remember that beliefs help us channel creative energy by focusing attention on a worldview or perspective of reality. So first, as an awakening community, we can ask ourselves what we believe, what are our biases?
Do we think full disclosure isn't a realistic option? Are we upset because we think someone else should be doing this for us? Are we unwilling to risk our reputation and social graces to share the truth with the world?
Beliefs, like subliminal programming, will prevent us from taking action if we do not find and balance them with more knowledge of the truth.
Part of the reason I wanted to write this compilation was to share as much of the truth as possible so as to dispel any belief that holds the awakening community back. Yet even despite all the data points proving the power of unity, there are as many excuses not to unite as there are grains of sand on a beach.
What Does Unity Look Like?
In closing, I want to discuss what a united awakening community could look like. I think a lot of people think unity means 100% agreement on everything, or that if we disagree about even one thing, we can't work together as a whole.
But we don't have to agree on everything. As a matter of fact, we don't even have to agree on a majority of items. We just need consensus on the big issues we can agree on, and then take actions within those areas.
For example, one person may listen to COBRA, while another person might listen to David Wilcock, and both might think the two sources of information are not in total agreement. But they are in agreement about the big issues.
These figures both discuss an energetic shift, they both discuss the power of meditation, they both discuss a secret space program, mass arrests, and an end of the paradigms of control on Earth. So while there is a small amount of disagreement, generally they are far more in harmony than not.
And as followers of information revealers, gurus, ascended masters, whistleblowers, and so on - when we fight with others over what they believe we prevent unity from forming. Instead of attacking people that don't share our beliefs, let's find the courage to seek common ground, because in all likelihood we each have far more in common than not.
As odd as it sounds, we can look to the Cabal as an example of what effective unity looks like.
All the various syndicate groups and organizations that make up the Cabal are loosely allied with each other, and in many cases, they fight about one thing or another. But when it comes to certain issues, like the need for a financial enslavement system, they all agree and act within that consensus to effect changes in the world.
We only have to observe the planet we live on to see how successful their unity efforts have been.
Unity isn't about total uniformity, in some kind of hive-mind where no one thinks for themselves. Unity means recognizing diversity while at the same time not letting our differences divide us on what we all face as a people.
No matter how much we may want to fight with each other, we are all suffering from a world sick with selfishness, scarcity, and ignorance. And the solution is a unified compassionate and well-educated group of awakened people, willing to be the change and show others they can too.
We can do it, and the universe supports us in more ways than we can possibly imagine. If the spheres really are here in the solar system, by the thousands, and they are actually controlled by guardians of the galaxy, this in and of itself indicates the universe is doing everything it can to support a people's uprising for true freedom.
Surely if the benevolent forces behind the Sphere Beings can believe in our potential, we can find it within ourselves to do the same.
If doing nothing guarantees at least another 100 years of Cabal rule, then why not take the risk and do something? If a transhumanist world does come about due to our inactions, how will we feel knowing we had a chance to do something and didn't?
Future generations are relying on us to take a stand, and unlike in the past, the opportunity for successfully rising up and freeing this planet is greater than ever.
Corey Goode via the Full Disclosure Project and with the help of countless inspired individuals, has produced a mainstream website for the purpose of disseminating information to the public.
TrueDisclosure.org is designed to provide high quality insider testimony, declassified documents, and evidence that the unawakened masses can use to gain greater knowledge of our true history and related SSP activities. The amount of energy required to produce this website was vast, but now it can serve as one more venue to help reveal the truth to the people and dissolve any hope of a false partial disclosure scenario.
I hope you have enjoyed this article and found it inspiring.
Know that the work we do to change the planet and restore prosperity happens in all moments of now. When we act with integrity and bravely face the injustices of our world in a way that honors the truth, we become beacons of light amid an ocean of darkness.
The simple act of seeking the truth, sharing it with our fellows, and acting in harmony with it, is arguably one of the single most important things we can do. In this respect, we're each instrumental players in this game of becoming free and ending tyranny, of restoring peace, prosperity and empowerment to the place we call home.
Special thanks to those who have come forward under threat to bring the truth the people. The preceding text is a Stillness in the Storm original creation. Please share freely. About The Author Justin Deschamps is a truth seeker inspired by philosophy and the love of wisdom in all its forms. He was formally trained in physics and psychology, later discovering the spiritual basis of reality and the interconnected nature of all things. He strives to find the path of truth while also walking it himself, sharing what he knows with others so as to facilitate cooperative change for a better future. He is a student of all and a teacher to some. Follow on Twitter @sitsshow, Facebook Stillness in the Storm, and Follow on steemit @justin-sits.
Yanis Varoufakis On The Future For Europe
September 25 2016 | From: Yanis Varoufakis/ Various
An interview with the former Greek Finance Minister in 140 character responses.
Which is the Single Largest Threat to the Global Economy?
Listen Up Truth-Seekers: We’re On The Same Team
September 22 2016 | From: WakingTimes The justice-seeking community are a funny bunch. We’ve all got our differences, including the various ‘beliefs’ we have, but ultimately we’re on the same team. You’d think we would be acting like it too, but unfortunately we’re not.
It’s clear that the divide and conquer strategy is in full swing, even among the truth and freedom movements. What’s the D&C strategy I can hear some of you ask?
It’s when the powers-that-think-they’re-the-overlords use informational tactics to divide the people so they fight one another, instead of collectively facing the real issues.
And god dammit they’ve been successful.
There’s covert powers who are in control? I would suggest we engage some simple logic with this one. To start, money rules the world. better put, they can digitally punch numbers into a computer and POOF, currency is created.
Now these banksters control the central banks and therefore control the governments. Enter the two-party tyranny system we call democrSo, who owns the money? The banksters of course. Their scam is so brilliant that they can create money out of thin air, oracy. Both sides work for the same financial interests, which are not just limited to the banking industry, but the energy, pharmaceutical and media corporations too, among many others.
Essentially, we are ruled via a highly integrated corporatocracy, regardless if you understand it, or believe it to be true.
This control-system is a sick beast. It’s out of alignment with natural law, which essentially means that it disrespects the golden rule. In layman’s terms, this universal law is to do no harm, respect each others shit, honor your contracts; that sort of thing.
Because the matrix of control aims to impose their centralized global dictatorship on all of us, including the disgraceful methods they’re choosing to achieve it, they’ve broken this divine contract. Therefore, their so-called ‘power’ is undermined by their own actions.
They essentially make themselves obsolete.
But we cannot keep our heads in the sand and do nothing; we still have to deal with this layer of truth in one way or another. After all, no great organizational change occurred by riding unicorns and staring at pretty fucking rainbows.
Simply, we have both a material and energetic responsibility to face this cancer of an order and replace it with something truly made out of justice and honor.
What then, should we replace it with? Well, this is one of the million dollar questions.
Some people are fundamentalist anarchists who want zero government. Now I might be off target, but at least hear me out and then disagree with me if you wish.
Personally I find that proposition unrealistic, especially until every person in every country is at some stage of enlightenment where they won’t try to monopolize, tyrannize, subjugate or apply an array of other tactics of suppression, coercion and control.
In other words my view is that we ned to utilize the current operational system, at least in the transitional phase, because groups of people still exist who will fuck others over given the chance. So it makes more sense for ‘the people’ to ethically take control of the governmental system and transform it into one that honors the golden rule, at least initially.
Now I might be wrong about this, and I’m perfectly okay with that. And that’s my point; we can disagree about exactly where we go from here, but we still need to mobilize a voluntary team otherwise we’re all likely to be royally fucked.
I also see the inherent value of a money-less society because money itself is an evidence-based tool of scarcity, and therefore enslavement. It also naturally breeds excessive competition, inequality and greed. This approach could be achieved via some form of abundance-based economy, but I do realize this futurist design is unrealistic, at least in the short term.
But once again, I don’t have all the answers. No one does. I would suggest that most of us don’t want to be ruled, and therefore we’re all anarchists in the pure sense of the word, and that’s the first principle we can unite on. But how we transition to a ruler-less world is yet to be determined.
So, given we need to integrate to undermine the mechanisms of the control-system, where are we at?
Unfortunately, the alternative media is in tatters. We’ve recently had a couple of big names surrounded by big controversy, causing further division. Many people are violently arguing about the shape of our reality. The conspiracy rabbit hole and it’s multiple tunnels of truth and untruth have left many people poorly focused, as well as the truth-seekers significantly divided. The competing views on Trump has also resulted in more infighting.
In addition, many people think they have their shit sorted and are ‘enlightened’, but few appear to remember they’ve continuously changed their minds and behaviors since birth. Even if they have a good idea of what the fuck is going on, many fail to realize that this ride of ‘waking up’ is a journey, not a destination.
For example, there’s a couple of quotes which have been shared tens of millions of times, which say something like ‘be the change’ and ‘I’m wise so I change myself’, but they’ve been disgraced by all those who don’t bother to truly live by them.
The hypocrisy and inaction among the truth-seekers is painfully obvious.
Yet, we’re all hypocrites to one degree or another. We’re all going to evolve our beliefs in some way too. If we truly accept that we all have our weaknesses and contradictions, and that we’ve got philosophical and behavioral refinements that we’re yet to undertake, then it makes it very easy to accept one another as comrades.
And it’s absolutely necessary at this point too. The concerning reality is that the entire freedom movement is in danger of becoming a running joke, not just to the outsider curtain hangers, but internally as well.
That’s one of the reasons why we really need to start fresh. If we begin by accepting that none of us 100% know what has, is and should be, then we will create a level playing field where we all have an opportunity to volunteer as equals on the team of truth and freedom.
If so, we will actually have a strong shot at finally unifying, which is the only bloody way we’re going to get anything seriously done.
Of course we’re already moving in a general direction, and there’s many agreements already subtly made. For example, it’s fairly clear there are certain concepts and primary targets that have manifested as a pattern within the independent media and the progressive mindsets. What follows, therefore, is a simple merger strategy that’s based on a few core values, and a few core systemic areas.
So let’s see how this resonates. In terms of values, do you personally agree with the following?
1. We value love over hate.
2. We value truth over lies.
3. We value freedom over enslavement.
4. We value happiness over suffering.
5. We value honor over disrespect.
6. We value cooperation over competition.
7. We value family and community over money.
8. We value health over business.
9. We value peace over war.
10 We value justice over injustice.
Sound fair? I’m going to assume that’s a yes, because otherwise you need some serious self-healing. Sorry (not sorry) to be so blunt, but your-self and your fellow-man are not your enemy.
In addition, if we agree on these values, they must be applied in every area of discourse. Of course there are areas where competition for example has its place, such as sport, but there is still cooperation first and foremost otherwise the game wouldn’t even be played.
So if these values can stand the test of time, that also means they will naturally dissolve any so-called rules and laws that contradict them.
In terms of the systemic issues, let’s see if we can at least agree on the Four M’s as our primary targets for change, which are Money, Medicine, Media and Management:
1. Money should be a sovereign public utility, not hijacked by private stakeholders and converted into a transnational banking cartel.
2. Medicine (including food) should be as natural as possible, as well as be inexpensively available to all who need it, not monopolized by the multinational giants and perverted into the toxin-rich, addictive and unnatural substances we have today.
3. Media should be based on truth, authentic journalism and what’s best for the people, not propagandized to create minions of the failing system.
4. Management of our society should be designed by and for the people, not by and for the corporate and oligarchical structures.
Is that fair too? Does the whole lot sit well with you? Let’s bloody well hope so.
So in saying all this, and of the thousands of people who read it, what will actually change to unite the world’s justice-seeking communities?
To be straightforward and realistic, most likely fuck all. In truth, I actually could care less if it’s this proposal either; if a group would like to design a basic unification strategy that we can agree on, please do so. No matter how it happens, it just needs to happen, and that’s the most important thing.
However, we really do need to show some solidarity, so this has been created as an opportunity for the fragmented independent media to stand together on some core values and systemic focal points. We’re all in the position to share this information through our networks too, so if you more or less agree with this strategy for unification then there is nothing stopping you from doing so.
In addition, the recent issues arising from two key voices in the independent media has further shown that we shouldn’t be rallying around individuals, but instead be binding around some very simple and key agreements. If so, we could use them as a framework for publicly debating how they relate to the behavior of governments, corporations, oligarchs and the system itself.
By continuously saturating our agreements and discussions into the collective consciousness, more and more people – working both inside and outside of the system – will be emancipated from the delusions they’ve been programmed to have. After all, people are just people, and most of them deep down want the best for their fellow-man.
It would then continue as an education process for everybody who needs it, based on any agreements made. And as Max Igan suggests in the below interview, we could also organize a global day of protest to show unification around our quest for truth and freedom.
In any case, I primarily wrote this as an energetic injection because I know that somewhere lurking just beyond the veil, the many movements for truth and freedom have an innate capacity to put their differences to the side and come together as a peaceful force to radically transform our world into one of honor and justice.
Could this happen soon? Who knows; we’ve all been pleasantly surprised before.
For further information regarding where we’re at, and where we’re going, watch this new interview with the infamous Max Igan.
US Global Hegemony Is Officially Dead
September 18 2016 | From: Geopolitics Humanity is now in the cusp for a massive globalwide revolution in engineering and scientific development as divisively regressive geopolitics are being shamed in the global stage, and instigations for new wars are effectively suppressed.
For the last 4 years, or so, railways and sea/airports were being built across Asia, and these projects will only accelerate in the coming months as the Khazarian transnational crime syndicate is being pinned down at every level.
…and Wikileaks will be releasing more exposé very soon, as former DND Secretary Colin Powell is being dragged to the Clinton email controversy.
Hitlery is just getting the update...
The massive resignations of bankers have already occurred four years ago, as punctuated by the World Bank president Zoellick’s own resignation months later and the Papal resignation in 2013.
And no matter how much it tries, NATO could not start a new war anywhere in the world. All of Eurasia are now poised to give their full support to the China-led “One Belt, One Road” massive economic programs to redevelop the planet for the benefit of all its inhabitants.
To White House’s surprise, Turkey pivoted towards its rival Kremlin in the middle of this year. The subsequent CIA military coup in cooperation with embedded 5th columnists inside Turkey was unsuccessful, due in part to a timely Russian intelligence report which gave Erdogan the upperhand early on.
But so far, the biggest geopolitical event this year is the epic expressed rejection of US interference in the ASEAN-China region.
US President Barack Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping (L) look on after formally joining the Paris Climate deal at Ruyi Hall at the West Lake State House in Hangzhou on September 3, 2016.The United States and China on September 3 formally joined the Paris climate deal, with US President Barack Obama hailing the accord as the “moment we finally decided to save our planet”. World leaders are gathering in Hangzhou for the 11th G20 Leaders Summit from September 4 to 5. / AFP / SAUL LOEB (Photo credit should read SAUL LOEB/AFP/Getty Images)
Xi officially denied Obama the luxury of insulting Asia right on its doorsteps. The phrase “This is our country. This is our airport” being shouted against Obama’s entourage should summarize China’s assertion of its geopolitical and financial sovereignty. Forcing Obama to descend through the ass of Air Force One was just the icing on the cake.
China positively responded to the ASEAN Community’s establishment of a well-defined Code of Conduct in the West Philippine Sea to avoid miscommunications in the area, and all parties have agreed that the best way to find resolution in the conflict zone where an estimated $5 trillion of physical commerce passes annually, is only through dialogue, trade cooperation, and the sharing of natural resources in these contested areas, as it had been done for thousands of years prior to Western’s ”divide and conquer” intervention.
The straight talking Duterte complemented the whole covert and not-so-covert anti-Khazarian advances in the region by directly confronting Obama and Ba Ki Moon during the East Asian Summit, with photos of human rights violation against 600,000 Muslim Moro, 6,000 of whom were massacred and buried in a common pit, at the turn of the 20th century, which is the root cause of the secessionist movements in Southern Philippines.
Obama and Ban Ki Moon were caught off guard and the two found themselves out of ammunition to respond accordingly. Here’s the mainstream media summary of the event:
All headline hugging Duterte tirades prior to the ASEAN Summit 2016 were meant to underscore the fact that the Philippines is no longer a US vassal state.
To Duterte’s credit, Indonesia is buying up weapons after its Police Anti-Narcotics Chief Budi Waseso announced that the largest Muslim country in the region will duplicate Duterte’s methods of dealing with drug trafficking.
Duterte has just visited Indonesia in order to discuss the two countries’ coordination in the field of economics and terrorism. Both countries share a border where CIA-ISIS affiliated Abu Sayyaf is operating.
Here in the Philippines, it is our understanding that the Chinese government will eventually abide by the UNCLOS arbitral ruling in the future when the subject is already properly explained to its people, and if the Philippines maintains its independence from the US beyond Duterte’s presidency.
Ironically, China is a signatory to the UNCLOS, but not the perennial conflict instigator known as the United States.
All of these great milestones occurred “while Americans were busy watching the Kardashians.”
The official declaration of the Fall of the US Empire has been held in the peace loving countries of Asia.
It is now up to the Americans, and the entire Western population, to reciprocate what has been made here.
New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It
September 17 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed According to a well-known theory in quantum physics, a particle’s behavior changes depending on whether there is an observer or not. It basically suggests that reality is a kind of illusion and exists only when we are looking at it.
Numerous quantum experiments were conducted in the past and showed that this indeed might be the case.
Now, physicists at the Australian National University have found further evidence for the illusory nature of reality. They recreated the John Wheeler’s delayed-choice experiment and confirmed that reality doesn’t exist until it is measured, at least on the atomic scale.
Some particles, such as photons or electrons, can behave both as particles and as waves. Here comes a question of what exactly makes a photon or an electron act either as a particle or a wave. This is what Wheeler’s experiment asks: at what point does an object ‘decide’?
The results of the Australian scientists’ experiment, which were published in the journal Nature Physics, show that this choice is determined by the way the object is measured, which is in accordance with what quantum theory predicts.
“It proves that measurement is everything. At the quantum level, reality does not exist if you are not looking at it,” said lead researcher Dr. Andrew Truscott in a press release.
The original version of John Wheeler’s experiment proposed in 1978 involved light beams being bounced by mirrors. However, it was difficult to implement it and get any conclusive results due to the level of technological progress back then. Now, it became possible to successfully recreate the experiment by using helium atoms scattered by laser light.
Dr. Truscott’s team forced a hundred of helium atoms into a state of matter called Bose-Einstein condensate. After this, they ejected all the atoms until there was only one left.
Then, the researchers used a pair of laser beams to create a grating pattern, which would scatter an atom passing through it just like a solid grating scatters light. Thus, the atom would either act as a particle and pass through one arm or act as a wave and pass through both arms.
Thanks to a random number generator, a second grating was then randomly added in order to recombine the paths. This was done only after the atom had already passed the first grate.
As a result, the addition of the second grating caused interference in the measurement, showing that the atom had traveled both paths, thus behaving like a wave. At the same time, when the second grating was not added, there was no interference and the atom appeared to have traveled only one path.
The Results and Their Interpretation
As the second grating was added only after the atom had passed through the first one, it would be reasonable to suggest that the atom hadn’t yet ‘decided’ whether it was a particle or a wave before the second measurement.
According to Dr. Truscott, there may be two possible interpretations of these results. Either the atom ‘decided’ how to behave based on the measurement or a future measurement affected the photon’s past.
“The atoms did not travel from A to B. It was only when they were measured at the end of the journey that their wave-like or particle-like behavior was brought into existence,” he said.
Thus, this experiment adds to the validity of the quantum theory and provides new evidence to the idea that reality doesn’t exist without an observer. Perhaps further research in the field of quantum physics and more thought-provoking evidence like this will completely change our understanding of reality one day.
“If quantum mechanics hasn’t profoundly shocked you, you haven’t understood it yet.”
- Niels Bohr
David Wilcock is a researcher, writer, author and lecturer who has generated an enormous amount of material on this subject and many related ones. Discover more at: DivineCosmos
Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet
September 14 2016 | From: Exopolitics September 8 marked the 50th anniversary of the creation of the Star Trek science fiction series that began in 1966. There is significant evidence that its creator, Gene Roddenberry, did not simply come up with the idea of Star Trek on his own.
Instead he was encouraged to create the series based on classified information surrounding the development of a secret U.S. Navy space fleet that would build a broad extraterrestrial alliance.
This led Roddenberry to come up with the idea of a United Federation of Planets, with its military headquarters in San Francisco.
Roddenberry began developing ideas for a science fiction show after one of his series had bombed in 1964:
“The only reason Roddenberry created Star Trek, at least initially, was to sell another series to a network. He was, if not desperate, anxious… He had just failed with The Lieutenant, for Norman Felton’s Arena Productions.
… No one was clamoring for another series from Roddenberry, or even his scripts. His agent suggested he come up with a space series…
This may have led to what The Outer Limits historians insist are the accurate - if generally unknown - accounts of Roddenberry hanging out at times on the set of The Outer Limits. When I learned this, it wasn’t hard to imagine that series creator, and executive producer, Leslie Stevens … was someone that Roddenberry may have sought to emulate."
“Star Trek was in fact an outgrowth of The Outer Limits. Gene Roddenberry watched our dailies all the time and took a lot of phone calls from our screening room.
He was spurring his imagination and checking on the incredible quality control we had.
I wondered why he was there but he was there more often than not during the time he was coming up with Star Trek."
The following firmly suggests that Roddenberry and Stevens had reached a business arrangement for the planned sci-fi series, Star Trek:
“Bearing in mind that Roddenberry was contracted to a rival studio and a rival network, the odds are essentially slim to none that the two men didn’t have some kind of business arrangement, whether in writing or not."
If Stevens and Roddenberry had indeed developed a business arrangement for the new Star Trek series, this is where Stevens background becomes critical in understanding the nature of their arrangement. Stevens was the son of a U.S. Navy Vice Admiral Leslie Stevens who died in 1956.
Vice Admiral Stevens was a contemporary of Rear Admiral Rico Botta who according to a former aerospace engineer, William Tompkins, oversaw a covert Navy espionage program out of Nazi Germany to learn about Nazi flying saucers during World War II.
The 29 Navy spies in the program had not only learned that the Nazis had developed up to 30 different flying saucer prototypes, but were also being directly assisted by an extraterrestrial civilization comprising Reptilian hominoids in building secret bases in Antarctica.
Both Admirals Botta and Stevens were leading experts in aerospace engineering and headed top Navy aerospace facilities at various points during their careers. In 1946, both were retroactively promoted to the rank of Rear Admiral as of 1943, for their wartime duties.
Botta went on to head the Naval Air Material Center out of Philadelphia Shipyard from 1950 to 1952. It is from this and similar command assignments that plans began for a secret Navy space fleet aimed to counter what the Nazis had developed in Antarctica.
Similarly, Admiral Stevens was known for his accomplishments in aeronautics and is quoted as having“had a hand in the design or conception of all naval aircraft, aircraft carriers and carrier landing apparatus.” Admiral Stevens’ aeronautics expertise meant that he was almost certainly aware of what Botta had learned about Nazi aerospace projects.
It is more than likely that Admirals Botta and Stevens were the first to comprise a covert Navy leadership group that would oversee the development of a U.S. Navy space fleet based on modern aircraft carrier battle groups that would in time join an interplanetary alliance.
This is precisely what Tompkins says he was asked to do at the Douglas Aircraft Company on behalf of the Navy from 1952 to 1963. Tompkins says that he was covertly assisted by Nordic extraterrestrials while he was helping design kilometers-long spacecraft for future U.S. Navy space battle groups. In interviews, Tompkins has revealed that Nordic extraterrestrials were working directly with senior officers within the U.S. Navy.
Admiral Stevens went on to occupy important positions with the national security council system, including the Psychological Strategy Board where he became Director.
Formally established in 1951 by President Truman, it is one of the interagency boards that was set up to disinform the general public about the reality of flying saucers, while secretly gathering information about what other nations were doing in response to the phenomenon.
William Tompkins confirmed, in a private phone call on August 24, that Admiral Stevens was aware of what the Navy had learned about Nazi Germany’s flying saucer programs. He further confirmed that Admiral Stevens played a direct role in setting up a secret U.S. Navy space program, and that his son, Leslie Stevens, IV, was aware of what was happening.
Tompkins claims here are consistent with what he says happened from 1985 to 1999, when he ran an extraterrestrial related “Special Projects” out of the U.S. Navy League center in Medford, Oregon. He said that it was common for Navy officers to have their children briefed about secret space programs and alliances with different extraterrestrial races.
This was done in order to prepare the next generation of navy officers and/or leaders for a world where extraterrestrial life was common knowledge. This is similar to another program happening on the U.S. East Coast as described by Catherine Austin Fitts, a former Assistant Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.
She was asked to participate in strategy sessions that were being conducted by the Arlington Institute, a non-profit organization headed by John Peterson that was assigned a number of US Navy contracts. Fitts says:
“John asked me to help him with a high level strategic plan Arlington was planning to undertake for the Undersecretary of the Navy…
I met with a group of high level people in the military in the process - including the Undersecretary.
According to John, the purpose of the plan - discussed in front of several military or retired military officers and former government officials - was to help the Navy adjust their operations for a world in which it was commonly known that aliens exist and live among us."
Tompkins has supplied a document confirming that he ran a Special Projects Committee with the U.S. Navy League. Additionally, two retired Navy Officers, Art Lumley (Commander), and Larry Boeck (Captain) have confirmed that Tompkins did discuss extraterrestrial projects at Navy League meetings, and was regarded as an expert on these issues.
Minutes of Board Meeting refers to Special Projects Committee
Tompkins’ testimony confirms that it was common practice for Navy officers, briefed about extraterrestrial life, to pass on some of this highly classified information to their children.
Consequently, it is almost certain that Admiral Stevens revealed to his son, Leslie Stevens, some of the classified details about the existence of extraterrestrial life and secret space programs prior to his death.
It is furthermore very possible, that Stevens, Jr., was part of a Navy sanctioned “soft disclosure” process that would use the television/movie industry to reveal elements of the Navy’s planned secret space program.
All this helps considerably in finally understanding the nature of the business relationship between Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, Jr. Stevens could not himself directly create a science fiction show revealing details of the classified information given to him by his deceased father, but he very likely received tacit permission by Navy officials, to share it with television/movie producers such as Roddenberry who would fictionalize the information.
Consequently, the business relationship between Gene Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, suggests that Star Trek was initially based on information gained by Admirals Botta and Stevens. A future U.S. Navy space fleet would be developed that would actively cooperate with Nordic extraterrestrials in an alliance that would counter the Nazis and their Reptilian allies.
In the Star Trek series, the Nordics were depicted as Vulcans, the Reptilians as Klingons, while the Nazis were represented as genetically enhanced humans.
Furthermore, it is topical to recognize that Roddenberry chose the beautiful, iconic city of San Francisco as the military headquarters for his fictional Starfleet Command in Star Trek, elevating this U.S. city in the hearts and minds of generations as a symbol of humanity’s bright future achievements.
It would also directly represent the Navy’s plan for its secret space program becoming a model for integrating other nations in a united partnership.
Two independent sources, former Asian Bureau chief for Forbes Magazine, Benjamin Fulford in 2011, and an anonymous source called the “Hidden Hand” in 2009, have revealed that the Illuminati/Cabal specifically named San Francisco (along with Damascus) as a city that will be made uninhabitable in its Armageddon agenda.
Does San Francisco pose a double threat as both a symbol of hope within the collective psyche, and the truth of a reality it mirrors in the military’s accomplishments? If so, then the Cabal’s goal is not to destroy a city, but to break the collective spirit of a peaceful human vision for a spacefaring future that begins with full disclosure.
The above evidence suggests Star Trek was no mere science fiction series, but was actively encouraged through a business arrangement between Roddenberry and the son of a deceased U.S. Navy admiral, who was directly involved in developing a secret U.S. Navy Space Fleet called Solar Warden.
As we celebrate the 50th anniversary of Star Trek on Thursday, it is worth remembering the roles of U.S. Navy admirals that helped launch the real secret space program upon which Star Trek was modeled.
Putin Bans Rothschilds From Russia + Hungary Becomes First European Nation To Ban Rothschild Banks
September 13 2016 | From: NosComunicamos / WakingTimes / Various Brave Vladimir Putin has banned Jacob Rothschild and his New World Order banking cartel family from entering Russian territory “under any circumstances.
Putin recently reminded his cabinet that he paid off the Rothschild’s debt and “grabbed them by the scruff of the neck and kicked them out Russia’s back door.”
This meeting featured the President pounding his fist on the table and vowing to destroy the New World Order, and according to a Kremlin source Putin is making great strides towards this goal.
“They do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanch to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.”
It is understood that the Rothschild banking racket was a noose tied around the neck of the Russian economy. Once the knot was tightened, the economy would struggle and choke.
Early in his presidency he made a priority of uniting Russia socially, spiritually, and economically. He ordered the arrest of the Rothschild backed oligarch Mikhail Khodorkovsky who had made Rothschild, Henry Kissinger and Arthur Hartman directors of the Open Russia foundation.
He was so upset with the banksters in his temple, he tipped over their tables and drove them out with a whip.
A keen student of history, well versed in world affairs, the Russian President has studied the history of the world’s most elusive organisation and understands the central role their financial collaborators have played in fomenting the major international conflicts of the 20th century.
The New World Order’s invasive roots and branches keep spreading around the world, but President Putin has stopped them expanding into Russia. This is a major blow to their plans for world domination and now they view him as a real threat. He’s got them running scared, which is why he is degraded in the Western media at every opportunity.
The reality is that Putin is leading us towards a multi-polar world, far from the one government, one religion future plotted by the New World Order. When he took his forces into Syria to protect a sovereign state he further enhanced his reputation as a powerful leader.
People around the world have started to wake up and notice.
Putin's Eye-Opening Speech About US Foreign Policy
This video goes back to a Russian TV show in 2011, when Putin's foreign policy wasn't quite as clear to the Russian public as it is today. Nevertheless, he makes his stance known on US foreign policy, and notably, his feelings toward Mr McCain.
The head of Hungary’s central bank has called for the International Monetary Fund to close its office in Budapest
Most of the Rothschild fortune has been made in the world of banking, but investments in other industries, such as coal, real estate, and construction, have helped secure the family’s wealth and immense power.
One of the banks owned by the Rothschild group (the biggest banking group in the world) is the International Monetary Fund (IMF), AKA ’Imposing Misery and Famine’.
Not only does the group make money off usurious interest rates at the misfortune of crumbling economies, it literally owns Governments and people of power. Because it’s nearly impossible to escape the clutches of the banking group, news of IMF being booted from Hungary is being heralded as a victorious happening.
TapNewsWirereports that in 2008, Hungary survived economic turmoil by relying on a €20 billion ($26 billion) loan from the IMF and aid from the EU. This was before Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán was elected into office.
In 2013, however, the former economy minister and current central bank governor, Gyorgy Matolcsy, wrote a letter to IMF Managing Director Christine Lagarde calling for the fund to close its representative office in Budapest. Matolcsy noted that it was “not necessary to maintain” it any longer. In addition, he said in July of 2016 that Hungary would repay the 2008 loan in full by the end of the year.
Prime Minister Orbán hasn’t had a good relationship with IMF since taking office, and this latest move has taken it to a new low. However, many are hailing Hungary’s decision to boot the IMF from the country as an intelligent decision.
“Paying the loan back early has meant Hungary have saved €11.7 million worth of interest expenses, but Gordan Bajnai, leader of the electoral alliance E14-PM, claimed that they had actually lost €44.86 million by March 2014 because of the early repayment as all they did was replace the loan from the [IMF] with a more expensive one, labelling the stunt as Propaganda.
And what made further nonsense; another loan at high interest rates was signed to finance a nuclear upgrade, which will mean not only higher repayments but also high electricity costs. But they do have economic sovereignty now.“
The central bank governor says that the government succeeded in pushing its budget deficit below the EU ceiling of 3% in GDP and reduced government debt. Though the EU Commission expected it to return to weak growth shortly after the decision, the unorthodox system of imposing heavy special taxes on large companies seems to be working for the country.
YourNewsWire relays that Iceland joined Hungary in 2014 when it paid back its $400 million loan ahead of schedule after the collapse of the banking sector in 2008.
In addition, Russia has refused to bow down to any Western puppeteer and gained financial independence in 2005.
9 Humans With Authentic ‘Superpowers’ That Completely Baffle Scientists
September 13 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution Whether they are savants who can paint a masterpiece blindfolded in seconds, geniuses who can calculate numbers only a computer could, or regular people who can remember every single detail of their lives down to the date and time, humans with special abilities seem to be abundant in society.
But special abilities go far beyond what many savants are doing today, and science has been studying these abilities for decades, despite the fact that the results are not always emphasized by mainstream academia.
Below are a few of many examples that will make you stop and question what you think you know.
Ingo Swann & Remote Viewing
Remote viewing is the ability of a person to describe a remote geographical location up to several hundred thousand kilometers from their actual physical location. It’s not just one person who can do this, but multiple human beings can and this is a verified fact.
The CIA and NSA, in conjunction with Stanford University, were involved in the scientific study of parapsychological phenomena that that lasted more than two decades, which also included remote viewing.
In these experiments, multiple individuals were able to describe distinct objects that were located in a separate room, and at other remote physical locations from where their body was not.(source 1) (source 2) (source 3)
It’s kind of like projecting your consciousness outside of your body to another location that is, again, away from your current physical location.
As reported by a publication in the Journal Scientific Exploration, one of the study’s participants, Ingo Swann, was able to successfully describe and view a ring around Jupiter that scientists had no idea existed at the time. (source 1) Ingo has gone on to write about remote viewing the moon and other strange anomalies within the realm of parapsychology.
Remote viewing was actually used by intelligence agencies, which is why they spent large amounts of money, time, and years investing in the program. Who knows what information still remains classified from it?
Uri Geller & Psychokinesis
Another great example comes from the work of professional aerospace engineer and physicist Jack Houck. He, alongside Army Colonel J.B. Alexander, was responsible for holding a number of sessions to test the validity of psychokinesis (moving objects with the mind).
In these sessions, attendees were taught how to initiate their own PK events using various metal objects. Individuals were able to completely bend or contort their metal specimens with no physical force being applied whatsoever. (source) (source)
There have also been reports of individuals (mostly children) being able to “teleport” full physical objects from one location to another. (source)
One notable individual was Psychic Uri Geller, who, during a talk he gave at the U.S. Capitol building, caused a spoon to curve upward with no force applied. The spoon then continued to bend after he put it back down and resumed speaking. (source)
Regardless of whether you think this is a hoax, or question the validity of what happened with Uri Geller, the fact that consciousness has some sort of measurable affect on our physical material world is now, at least some scientists believe, firmly established in scientific literature.
For a selected list of downloadable peer-reviewed journal articles reporting studies of this type of phenomena, mostly published in the 21st century, you can click here.
Stephen Wiltshire, diagnosed with autism at the age of 3, is an artist who draws and paints detailed cityscapes. He’s most known for his ability to observe accurate representations of cities for seconds, and then depict them with remarkable precision.
Below is a video of Wiltshire drawing the Singapore skyline from memory.
Wim Hof aka “Iceman”
Wim Hof raised the eyebrows of many scientists after he was able to use meditation to stay submerged in ice for almost two hours without his core body temperature changing one bit. This is remarkable, and adds to the growing body of evidence that points to the important role consciousness plays in our body’s reaction to certain situations/ailments.
Since Wim was able to successfully maintain his core body temperature in such a harsh environment, he’s since gone on to climb Mount Everest in his shorts, resist altitude sickness, complete a marathon in the Namib Desert with no water, and proven under a laboratory setting that he’s able to influence his autonomic nervous system and immune system at will.
Almost everything this man has done was thought to be impossible by most. Below is a documentary done on Wim by VICE news if you are interested.
During a visit to remote monasteries in the 1980s, Harvard professor of medicine Herbert Benson and his team of researchers studied monk living in the Himalayan Mountains who could, by g Tum-mo ( yoga technique), raise the temperatures of their fingers and toes by as much as 17 degrees. This is very significant, and it’s still unknown how the monks are able to generate such heat. (source)
It doesn’t stop there, the researchers also studied advanced meditators in Sikkim, India, where they were astonished to find that these monks could lower their metabolism by 64 percent.(source)
In 1985, the Harvard research team made a video of monks drying cold, wet sheets with body heat alone. Monks spending winter nights 15,000 feet high in the Himalayas is also not uncommon.
Can yoga, meditation, and other similar practices unleash our inherent supernormal mental powers?
Just over a year ago, I wrote an article regarding meditators collapsing quantum systems at a distance, you can read that here. There is no shortage of literature when it comes to Buddhist monks, and monks from all over the world, who possess “supernormal” abilities.
In 2004, Daniel Tammet gained a lot of public attention when he recited the mathematical constant Pi (3.141…) from memory to 22,414 decimal places in 5 hours, 9 minutes, without error. The recitation took place at the Museum of the History of Science in Oxford and set a European record.
He was diagnosed with high-functioning autistic savant syndrome that same year, as he is able to perform a number of complex mental tasks, and learn at the rate another “normal” mind could not.
This is common among “autistic” people, and Daniel emphasizes himself that the differences between savant and non-savant minds have been exaggerated by the medical industry. According to him, his astonishing abilities are not the result of a genetic quirk, but are rather the results of a highly rich and complex associative form of thinking and imagination.
According to him, autistic thought is an extreme variation of a kind of thinking that all of us do, from daydreaming to the use of puns and metaphors. (source)
“Among the most marvelous, most frightening and certainly most unbelievable possibilities suggested by psychic folklore is that human beings may be able to exert an observable influence upon the physical world - simply through the power of conscious intention; or unconscious intention, or; by some accounts, through the assistance of spiritual intelligences; 0r as a result of a mysterious principle known as synchronicity.
Some scholars – such as Stephen Braude, professor of philosophy at the University of Maryland - take such reports very seriously, claiming that no honest person can examine the case study reports and easily dismiss them.”
Jeffrey Mishlove is currently serving as Dean of Transformational Psychology at The University of Philosophical Research. His book tells the story of a 20 year field investigation he conducted on a man who had extraordinary psychokinetic/precognitive abilities.
As many other researchers have done, he calls attention to Nina Kulagina, a citizen of the former Soviet Union who has apparently demonstrated psychokinetic influence on physical objects. She caused quite a stir at the time, and in 1968 Western researchers attending a conference were shown a video of her in action:
“The Russians claimed that this woman, also known as Nelya Mikhailova, had been studied by some forty scientists, including two Nobel laureates.
They also reported that, like Serios, Madame Kulagina was able to cause images to appear on photographic film. The communist scientists, who were by no means inclined to take a spiritualistic world view, felt that they had encountered a new force in nature."
Below is some footage from 1970, where more researchers conducted experiments. Many have examined Kulagina, and for the last 20 years of her life she was subjected to academic research by the USSR.
A study published in the American Journal of Chinese Medicine, as seen in the the US National Library of Medicine, demonstrated that a women with special abilities was and is able to accelerate the germination of specific seeds for the purposes of developing a more robust seed stock.
“Chulin Sun is a woman with exceptional powers (Shen and Sun, 1996, 1998; Sun, 1998). A member of the Chinese Somatic Science Research Institute, she is a practitioner of Waiqi. Waiqi is a type of qigong that teaches the practitioner to bring the qi energy of traditional Chinese medicine under the control of the mind.
Chulin Sun can induce plant seeds to grow shoots and roots several cm long within 20 min using mentally projected qi energy (Fig. 1). This has been demonstrated on more than 180 different occasions at universities as well as science and research institutions in China (including Taiwan and Hong Kong) as well as other countries (e.g., Japan, Thailand, Malaysia, etc.) (Ge et al., 1998; Qin et al., 1998; Lee et al., 1999).
We took part in and repeated the qi germination experiments seven times, and five of them succeeded (Ge et al., 1998). This remarkable effect on seed development has drawn widespread attention (Tompkins and Bird, 1973; Lee, 1998), but the biological mechanisms that underlie this phenomenon are unknown." (source)
Pretty remarkable isn’t it? How does Sun do it? Apparently, she enters into a deep trance-like state, and from this place, she is able to advance the time required for sprouting dry seeds from their usual 3 to 4 days, to 20 minutes, generating a sprout growth of 3-4 inches. After a genetic analysis, scientists confirmed this to be the case, hence, the using of the word “rapid” in the title.
“It was thought preliminarily that qi energy changed the structure of a germination-correlated gene site speeding up expression and advancing it in time."
The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead + Earthquakes
September 12 2016 | From: Geopolitics / VeteransToday This is one of those incremental changes that we can celebrate on, but it doesn’t mean that we can let our guards down already.
The enemy is very cunning and knows how and when to play dead only to rise at some opportune time in the future.
This has been the case of the banishment of the Jesuits in the mid-18th century. Look where in the pyramid they are now.
Mass actions against corporate tyranny should be decisive and perpetual. Even better, refuse all rigged political exercises, and legalized extortions.
Good News for the People of Europe: The Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead. Negotiations have Failed.
The German Minister of Economy and Vice-Chancellor, Mr. Sigmar Gabriel, a few days ago has declared that the European Union should not submit to the demands of the United States, referring to the negotiations on the TTIP (Transatlantic Trade and Investments Partnership). He said the negotiations failed. By saying so, he joined French Prime Minister, Manuel Valls, as well as French Secretary of State for External Trade, Mr. Matthias Fekl.
Negotiations started in 2013. After 14 ‘rounds’ of talks dealing with 27 points, no agreement has been reached, none whatsoever, leading to the conclusion that the deal is dead. Even though Mme. Merkel defended the treaty with all her heart up to the end of July 2016, both Germany and France now request a definite end to the negotiations.
The collapse of the TTIP is one of the best news for Europe – and I mean the people of Europe – in recent times; an initiative of the two major players in the EU.
This decision has several meanings:
1. European countries are gradually taking back their sovereignty from Brussels and decide for themselves what is good for them and for Europe;
2. With a failed TTIP Europe escapes, or avoids, being enslaved by US corporatism, financial institutions – and US legislation;
3. Europe may now continue making its proper policies on socioeconomy, environment, food safety, agriculture - and
4. Europe is now freer to pursue its own monetary policy. Under the grip of the TTIP, it would have been difficult, say impossible, to adopt a monetary policy outside of the Euro which many countries would like, openly or covertly – some without making a lot of noise for fear of being ‘reprimanded’ by Brussels.
The fact that authorities of both, France and Germany, stated in unison that the negotiations failed, is a sign that there is still a spirit of autonomy in Europe.
What is called ‘negotiations’ were never really negotiations – a give and take between equal partners. It was from the beginning a one-way street, where the exceptional nation imposed its rules. There was no way of getting the slightest concession from them – not an iota.
No doubt Washington had no intention to share any of the benefits of this ‘Free Trade Agreement’ with Europe.
The exceptional people wanted it all. For example, the term ‘Appelation Contrôlée’ for wine and cheese in France and other European countries, used to protect the farmers of a given region – would have disappeared. The US wanted everything to be open for the ever dictating ‘market’.
Nothing was to be clearly defined, as far as Europe was concerned. No transparence – just a vast base for cheating, consumers and nations.
TTIP talks were held in top secret, behind closed doors. Not even politicians, let alone the public at large which eventually would have had to bear the consequences of the deal, had access to the documents being ‘negotiated’. – It showed the Machiavellian nature of empire at its best.
China knew very well why they were not even interested in participating in the TPP (Transpacific Partnership), a similar trade agreement with eleven Pacific nations and the US.
Let’s recall the key point that would have meant disaster for Europe:
A private corporate tribunal that would have had supremacy over sovereign government legislation. For example, the tribunal could have imposed ‘sanctions’ or fines on governments, whose legislation, say for health, environmental protection and other social reasons, would have reduced corporations’ profit margins.
Similar in the banking sector, monetary policy would have been firmly dictated by the FED, Wall Street (i.e. Goldman Sachs – see Greece and the head of the ECB, a former GS exec) and the European Central Bank. This for now is still the case, but with an unsustainable and unreformable EU and Euro, both are destined to disappear sooner or later. It is likely that many countries are already quietly and clandestinely arranging for “Plan B” – preparing exit strategies. Indeed, since BREXIT, there are numerous political movements to this effect under way – and this not only in the most devastatingly affected southern European countries, but also in northern Europe.
Agriculture policy would have been dictated by Washington, especially with regard to GMOs and ag-subsidies. Monsanto and the like would have had free access to all of Europe, and none of the EU members could have passed legislation prohibiting genetically modified seeds.
Standards for health and nutrition would have been imposed by Washington, i.e. by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Most of these standards are considerably weaker than European equivalents, potentially exposing European citizens to greater health risks than current EU standards foresee.
Labor laws would have been weakened in according to US standards which foresee virtually no protection for workers. The Brussels imposed new labor law in France, dubbed as the ‘El Khomri law’, after the French Minister of Labor, Myriam El Khomri, would reduce significantly French labor rights, fought for and attained with decades of efforts – literally sweat and tears – by French workers and unions.
The new French labor law, signed as a decree by PM Manuel Valls under a dubious special provision in the Constitution (instead of being passed through Parliament), was a precursor for things to come in the rest of Europe – had the TTIP gone forward.
This controversial law is currently at the demand of more than 60 French Parliamentarians being reviewed by the French Conseil d’Etat (equivalent to other countries’ Supreme Court) and may quite possibly be either canceled or sent to Parliament for a decision. Now that the TTIP is dead, it is possible that the law will be repealed.
The day the TTIP died was a great day for Europe. Although Europe is far from being out of the woods. Her own problems keep piling up, many of them also a direct or indirect consequence of empire.
To mention just a few:
Immigration from US-NATO war-destroyed countries;
The never ending financial cum economic crisis;
The complete absence of solidarity among EU nations;
The lack of EU countries’ sovereignty; the missing EU Constitution giving member countries a common perspective and political agenda;
The increasing (‘false flag’) terror attacks throughout Europe; – and not least NATO – which through its aggression towards Russia is increasingly becoming a risk of war – of WWIII – that would for the third time in 100 years devastate Europe.
This time the rest of the world would very likely not be spared. Many countries are conscious of this danger and would like to get out of NATO, but don’t dare say so, because of fear from the boots of Washington.
Let’s hope the death of the TTIP will bring a new breeze of fresh air and ideas into European sovereignty.
As a recap, with regard to the former. The northern part of Sumatra was going to break away from the southern part and nationalize their oil resources and free themselves from ExxonMobil. They were the worst hit in the tsunami of 2004. To quote from Wikipedia:
"Aceh has substantial natural resources, including oil and natural gas; some estimates put Aceh gas reserves as being the largest in the world. Aceh was the closest point of land to the epicenter of the 2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami, which devastated much of the western coast of the province.
Approximately 170,000 Indonesians were killed or went missing in the disaster. The disaster helped precipitate the peace agreement between the government of Indonesia and the Free Aceh Movement (GAM).”
A little bit too convenient don’t you think?
With regard to the latter, the Pacific Rim and the countries within it just happen to also be party to the TPP agreements which Obama is attempting to get signed and sealed before he leaves office.
Christchurch earthquake, New Zealand
I have to conclude that the earthquakes and tsunamis that hit this region, two examples being Christchurch in February 2011 and Fukushima in March and April of that year, were and in many instances still are weather warfare and methods of persuasion against those who have attempted to resist the Pivot to Asia and the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement.
With regards to the Fukushima catastrophe, most people outside the loop cannot conceive or accept that such evil could be perpetrated against the Japanese people. Those within the loop, many considered to be the “tin foil hat brigade,” are fully aware that such evil intentions are not out of the realm of the global, corporate fascist’s agenda.
Japan, the only country who has experienced a full frontal nuclear attack, not once, but twice, in spite of being in the process of surrendering at the end of WW2, has no such illusions.
“Imagine a private, global super court that empowers corporations to bend countries to their will.
Say a nation tries to prosecute a corrupt CEO or ban dangerous pollution. Imagine that a company could turn to this super court and sue the whole country for daring to interfere with its profits, demanding hundreds of millions or even billions of dollars as retribution.
Imagine that this court is so powerful that nations often must heed its rulings as if they came from their own supreme courts, with no meaningful way to appeal. That it operates unconstrained by precedent or any significant public oversight, often keeping its proceedings and sometimes even its decisions secret.
That the people who decide its cases are largely elite Western corporate attorneys who have a vested interest in expanding the court’s authority because they profit from it directly, arguing cases one day, and then sitting in judgment another. That some of them half-jokingly refer to themselves as “The Club” or “The Mafia.”
And imagine that the penalties this court has imposed have been so crushing - and its decisions so unpredictable - that some nations dare not risk a trial, responding to the mere threat of a lawsuit by offering vast concessions, such as rolling back their own laws or even wiping away the punishments of convicted criminals.
This system is already in place, operating behind closed doors in office buildings and conference rooms in cities around the world. Known as investor-state dispute settlement, or ISDS, it is written into a vast network of treaties that govern international trade and investment, including NAFTA and the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which Congress must soon decide whether to ratify.”
On the 24th of August 2016 an earthquake hit central Italy.
My condolences and sympathies go out to the Italians. But what interests me more here is the political and economic background noise. On the 5th of July an Italian minister said:
"A free trade deal being negotiated by the European Union and the United States is at a dead end and an agreement with Canada is also at risk.
I think (the TTIP deal) will fall through, and the agreement with Canada is at risk of doing the same. We have been negotiating it for too long,” Carlo Calenda, Italy’s industry minister said at an event in Rome.
Calenda said confidence in the negotiations was lacking.”
The TTIP is the EU-US equivalent of the Pacific Rim/ Pivot to Asia/ TPP agreements.
"The TTIP approval would see European markets invaded by approximately 1,300 chemical substances which are forbidden by European law. In fact, there are more than 80 pesticides that are used in the US whose production was blocked by the European Commission for being hazardous.
Moreover, there are animal growth hormones and genetically modified organisms among the banned substances which are allowed in the US. Other EU banned practices, such as feeding antibiotics to animals or washing chickens with chlorine are also permitted in the US…
As the Italian Department of Economic Development pointed out, it entails the counterfeiting of Italian products in the US and pushing the consumer to associate such products with the Italian original ones. According to the official body, about 75% of Italian products abroad are not authentic, and it damages Italian production. The signing of TTIP would bring Italian sounding products to Europe: another blow to Italian agro-food producers.”
With regard to the Phillipines they have had ongoing weather disasters.
Philippines' President Rodrigo Duterte
Before Typhoon Hagupit struck in 2014, the government voted not to allow a US military base in their country. Shortly afterwards a US military base was established. Since then they have had a number of earthquakes. The most recent on the 4th of September 2016.
Newly elected President Rodrigo Duterte is a mixed bag. He is cracking down on illegal drug trafficking, possibly paving the way for Big Pharma patents on narcotics such as opium. Heroin junkies that are increasing world wide are not the only market for this commodity, opium is an essential component in health care medication and pain relief for those who really need it.
It is also big money for anyone with a patent on this product and when freely available through drug traffickers undermines their profit margins.
So you have to wonder about the Philippine government’s “war on narco-politics,” and the killing of over 400 drug dealers that has reportedly led to an additional 500,000 turning themselves in…
Duterte: “I’ll really have you killed… My order is shoot to kill you. I don’t care about human rights, you better believe me….my mouth has no due process.”
Duterte has also promised the voters free wi-fi (more opportunity for Google and social media brainwashing), lower taxes, polygamy being legalised, (will pedophilia and child marriages also be included considering that child sex trafficking is rife in Asia?) and higher wages for government employees.
“Duterte has expressed interest in granting foreign investors access to sectors currently restricted to Philippine nationals and allowing them to own at least 70 percent and possibly up to 100 percent of companies they establish in the country, up from the current limit of 40 percent. Getting rid of the so-called 60:40 rule should pose a challenge, however, as it requires amending the country’s 1987 constitution."
Sectors that are currently heavily restricted to foreign access include:
Mass media and broadcasting
Utilization of marine resources
While there is no guarantee that all or even many currently restricted industries will be opened to foreign investment if Duterte successfully amends the constitution, there could still be significant opportunities on the horizon in these largely untapped sectors.
Further, Duterte has also indicated support for joining the TPP, which in itself could require altering the constitution due to foreign ownership restrictions. However, it appears that he will maintain restrictions on foreign ownership of land, which is currently limited to long-term leasing.
Which makes me conclude that Duterte is a Trojan Horse.
In many of his campaign promises he has said that he will make congress “illegal.” This would pave the way towards getting rid of major obstacles and politicians that currently block TPP agreements and getting rid of foreign investment limitations as they currently stand.
If the newly appointed President, who shows all the signs of becoming yet another CIA Kissinger–type dictator and Pinochet/ Videla/ Suharto clone, does not succeed in bringing the country into compliance with corporate fascist monopolistic globalist ambitions, then a few more earthquakes and a couple more tornadoes just might be needed in order to get the message across.
"The significant expansion in America’s weather warfare arsenal, which is a priority of the Department of Defense is not a matter for debate or discussion.
While, environmentalists blame the Bush administration for not having signed the Kyoto protocol, the issue of ‘weather warfare’, namely the manipulation of weather patterns for military use is never mentioned."
The US Air Force has the capability of manipulating climate either for testing purposes or for outright military-intelligence use. These capabilities extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes.
In recent years, large amounts of money have been allocated by the US Department of Defense to further developing and perfecting these capabilities.
"Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally… It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes.
The ability to generate precipitation, fog, and storms on earth or to modify space weather, … and the production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of technologies which can provide substantial increase in US, or degraded capability in an adversary, to achieve global awareness, reach, and power."
US Air Force, Air University of the US Air Force, AF 2025 Final Report
“I think the reason that they do not want people to look too closely at Haiti is because Haiti is such a perfect example of what a Clinton administration would be. And I want people to keep in mind that we are heading toward a situation where we are going to have more planetary change disasters.
We are going to have more floods, we are going to have more hurricanes if Clinton becomes president and stays president for the next eight years.
We can expect that there might be a major hurricane that causes a major disaster in the Gulf for example and other kinds of disasters in the United States. In Haiti we have a pretty good idea how the Clintons would handle this…”
The strongest out of hundreds that have occurred since 2009. Other than their land what else does the Pawnee nation have that anyone could possibly want? Or have the Pawnee been too active in stopping the Dakota oil pipeline for comfort and is this an earthquake war?
“In what has become the largest gathering of Native Americans in more than 100 years, a coalition of dozens of tribes across the country oppose the pipeline’s construction, citing concerns that it would put the Missouri River – as well as the network of lakes and tributaries that the “Big Muddy” is connected to – at risk of contamination via oil spill and lead to the destruction of culturally significant sites for the Sioux tribes in the area.
Saturday’s clash began when a group of several hundred protestors gathered near construction crews on Saturday afternoon at a site close to the Standing Rock Sioux Reservation. The demonstrators aimed to act as a human shield against the pipeline’s further development, after the removal of topsoil from a 150-feet wide and 2-mile long portion of land caused “devastating” damage to the tribe’s sacred lands.”
“The Dakota Access pipeline is set to be constructed near the Standing Rock Sioux Reservation in North Dakota, crossing under the Missouri River which is the only source of water to the reservation. The pipeline is planned to transport approximately 470,000 barrels of crude oil per day. The potential of oil leaks would contaminate the only source of water for the reservation.
While Dakota Access claims oil leaks are unlikely, an oil leak from a separate pipeline in North Dakota was discovered (8/15/16) to have leaked over 500 barrels of oil since the leak began on July 19, 2016. You can read the article here: http://bit.ly/2aVm5cv. A leak like this from the Dakota Access pipeline would leave the Standing Rock Sioux without any clean water.”
Or - are we talking natural gas reserves and Fracking in Green County, which the Pawnee would be correct in resisting.
Space Weather makes an “oh so brief reference” to it when covering the earthquake in Oklahoma at 1.50 mins and if you are not up to speed on the damage that Fracking does to the groundwater, soil, air and contributes to health hazards causing cancer for one, here is what Bernie Saunders thinks of it.
The 5th Eye
September 11 2016 | From: NZIFF / CutCutCut This densely packed doco from the directors of Operation 8 questions the price of New Zealand’s involvement in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, and relates the improbable tale of its 2008 sabotage by the Waihopai Three.
If our PM or the relevant public servants feel truly comfortable about New Zealand’s participation in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, it doesn’t show when they are seen explaining it, defending it, or downright refusing to talk about it in this documentary.
The disavowals we see are a matter of public record, but filmmakers Errol Wright and Abi King-Jones (Operation 8) embed those TV interviews, parliamentary declamations and media ops in a concise history of New Zealand’s post war dependency on the United States.
For lucid, more confidently-held commentary, the filmmakers turn to inveterate watchdogs such as Nicky Hager, Jane Kelsey, Murray Horton and Paul Buchanan, but evolve a position of their own through the accumulation and agile juxtaposition of some very telling material.
They also thread an unlikely tale of protest through this scenario, following the actions of the three earnest bumblers who, against all odds, successfully damaged the Waihopai spy station in 2008. A priest, a subsistence farmer and a teacher, they acted out of Christian conviction, claiming Five Eyes implicated New Zealanders in the murder of children in Iraq.
When they ran that argument in court, the jury acquitted them. No Crown witness was summoned to contradict them. When the GCSB has been so often in the news, with Kim Dotcom frequently in tow, there’s likely to be an audience, less heroic perhaps, that’s simply grateful to this film for providing a blow-by-blow account of the GCSB’s misadventures – and their expanding powers to make suspects of all of us.
The Tide Is Turning: The Official Story Is Now The Conspiracy Theory + A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing September 10 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Tomorrow it will be the 15th anniversary of 9/11, and this November 22 will be the 53rd anniversary of the assassination of President John F. Kennedy in Dallas, Texas. These two state crimes against democracy destroyed American democracy, accountable government, and the Constitution’s protections of civil liberty.
Years after the damage done by these events the American people no longer believe the official stories. Neither does the government, but the government will never validate the distrust that Americans now share of the oligarchs’ government by acknowledging the truth.
The official explanation of the assassination of President Kennedy never made any sense. Videos of the assassination contradicted the official story, as did witnesses, and many credible people challenged the government’s story.
The CIA was faced with the official explanation becoming unglued and launched its media program stigmatizing doubters as “conspiracy theorists.”
Related:Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? The CIA’s psych warfare against the public succeeded at the time and for a number of years during which witnesses had mysterious deaths and the trail grew cold. But by the late 1970s there was so much public skepticism of the official story that the US Congress took the risk of being labeled “conspiracy kooks.”
The House Select Committee on Assassinations reopened the inquiry into JFK’s murder. The House Committee concluded that the Warren Commission’s investigation was seriously flawed, that there was more than one person firing at President Kennedy and that there was a conspiracy to assassinate JFK.
The corrupt US Department of Justice (sic) contradicted the House Select Committee’s report. However, the American people believed the Select Committee and not the corrupt Justice (sic) Department, which never tells the truth about anything.
By 2013 polls showed that most Americans are “conspiracy kooks” who do not believe the official government line on JFK’s assassination. So with regard to JFK’s assassination, the “conspiracy theorists” are in the majority. The minority are the Americans who cannot escape their brainwashing. Related: Poll: 62 percent believe broader plot killed Kennedy In a few days it will be the 15th anniversary of the alleged al Qaeda attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, and we are witnessing the fading protection that the charge of “conspiracy theorist” provides for the officlal government story. Indeed, the official 9/11 story is collapsing before our eyes.
Europhysics, the respected publicaton of the European physics community has pubished an article by scientists who conclude that:
“The evidence points overwhelmingly to the conclusion that all three [World Trade Center] buildings were destroyed by controlled demolition.”
Few American scientists can admit this, because their careers depend on US government and military/security complex research contracts. Independent scientists in the US are a vanishing breed, an endangered species.
The scientists say that in view of their findings, “it is morally imperative” that 9/11 “be the subject of a truly scientific and impartial investigation by responsible authorities.
So now we are faced with a peculiar situation. The scientifically ignorant two-bit punk American presstitutes claim to know more than the editors of the journal of the European physics community and the scientists who did the investigation.
Don’t you think it farfetched that ignorant, corrupt, and cowardly American journalists who lie for money know more than physicists, chemists, 2,700 high-rise architects and structural engineers who have called on the US Congress to launch a real investigation of 9/11, firefighters and first responders who were on the WTC scene, military and civilian pilots and former high government officials, all of whom are on record challenging the unbelievable and physically impossible official story of 9/11?
What kind of a dumbshit moron does a person have to be to believe that the United States government and its media whores know better than the laws of physics?
The ability of the presstitutes to influence Americans seems to be on the decline. The media ganged up on Donald Trump during the Republican primaries, intending to deny Trump the nomination.
But the voters ignored the presstitutes. In the current presidential campaign, Hillary is not the run-away winner that the presstitutes are trying to make her. And despite the propaganda ministry, the legs under the official 9/11 story are wobbly, to say the least.
Indeed, the official 9/11 story already has lost credibility with the American public. Last April a Rasmussen Poll found that “Americans doubt they’ve been told all the facts about the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States and strongly believe the government should come clean.”
A YouGov poll in 2013 found that 50 percent of Americans “have doubts about the government’s account of 9/11,” which shows that the public is far more intelligent and less corrupt than the presstitutes who are paid to lie to the public.
This poll also found that as a consequence of the cover-up job performed by the American presstitutes, 46 percent of Americans were not even aware that a third WTC building, Building 7, collapsed on September 11. After viewing films of WTC 7’s collapse, 46 percent saw it as a controlled demolition.
By a margin of two to one, poll respondants support a new investigation of Building 7’s collapse.
So, in America today “conspiracy kooks” outnumber those who believe the official lies.
As the official lies are themselves conspiracy theories, Americans who disbelieve the official conspiracy theories outnumber Americans who believe official conspiracy theories.
The question is: who are the real conspiracy kooks, the majority who disbelieve the official lies or the minority who believe the official lies?
It is curious that the CIA’s psych-op mind-controll has broken down in the cases of the JFK assassination and 9/11, but is still effective in more recently orchestrated events, such as San Bernardino, Orlando, Paris, and Nice. Perhaps this is because not enough time has passed for the public to pay attention to the vast difference between the stories and the evidence.
The Internet offers many refutations of the official accounts. With regard to Nice, France, the Nice police officials themselves are having problems with the official story. The French Anti-Terrorist Sub-Directorate in Paris has ordered the public authorities in Nice to delete the video recordings from security cameras of the “Nice Terror Truck Attack.” The Nice authorities refused on the grounds that this would be destruction of criminal evidence.
This story has disappeared from the news. I have asked friends in France how this conflict was resolved and have not heard anything. The French like to live life well and faced with the refugees from Washington’s wars, they seem to be focused on living life well while it can be done. If I hear anything, I will pass it on.
Apparently, the order to delete the video evidence of the “attack” was not sufficient for the French Ministry of the Interior. According to a senior Nice police officer, Sandra Bertin, the Interior Ministry pressured her to falsify her police report on the Nice “truck massacre.”
Officer Bertin told the Journal du Dimanche that “he ordered me to put in [the report] the specific positions of the national police which I had not seen on the screen.”
Moreover, why would a senior Nice official make up a story about being ordered to change a report? It doesn’t make any sense, does it? Clearly, the central government is trying to hide the evidence against the official story.
Watch this video and ignore the narrator’s four-letter vocabulary.
What you will learn is that all those people you saw running in the presstitute TV reports had no idea why they were running. The presstitutes created the impression that they were running away from the truck.
However, as the interviews show, they were running because other people were running, because the police told them “terrorists, run,” and because they heard shots (apparently police firing blanks). Those interviewed reported;
“You run with them even though you have no idea what you are running from. You can’t help it, you run with them.”
None of those running away ever saw a truck.
According to the foul-mouthed narrator, the film of the people running away was taken prior to the time the truck allegedly mowed down 185 people, killing 85 of them.
The narrator appears to be correct if the time stamps on videos are correct. The narrator says the streets needed to be cleared for the crisis actors to put on their show that is used to control our minds about what happened.
I have pointed out that a truck that hit 185 people, killing 85 of them would be covered in blood and that bodies would be splattered all over the street with blood everywhere. Yet, the photos and videos that we are shown show no such evidence. The stopped truck on which police are directing gunfire is as white as snow.
Independently of the vast analysis online of the video evidence of the alleged “Nice attack,” I suspect the Nice “terror attack” for the same reason that the Pentagon attack is suspect.
Despite all the contrary evidence against the official stories, the authorities refuse to release the video evidence that, if it shows what the authorities claim, would shut up the skeptics and prove the official story.
When a government claims it has video evidence that proves its official story but refuses to release it, indeed, demands the destruction of the video evidence, we know for an absolute fact that the video evidence totally contradicts the official story. That is the only possible conclusion.
My readers will write to me asking how the government expects to get away with its faked, and in the case of 9/11 false flag, terror orchestrations?
The answer, perhaps, is that just as it took a long time for the JFK assassination and 9/11 lies to catch up with the government, the recent orchestrations will also take some time for a slowly awakening public to catch on.
In the meantime the orchestrated events will serve the agendas that they are intended to serve, and by the time that the public sees through the orchestrations, a new situation will be in place with new orchestrations.
Keep in mind that the public thinks it is shown evidence.
Newspapers need photos to give a visual dimension to their coverage, and TV needs videos of the events. News organizations are under a time pressure, and they have to use what they are handed or what is at hand. There is no time to scrutinize the visual material or to raise questions about it.
Most of the public thinks that the photos and videos shown to them are evidence or would not be shown and accepts the visual evidence without question. In an earlier column I linked to the vast array of Nice photos provided in the UK Daily Mail. The photos show a calm situation.
There are a few people lying in the street without any sign of bodily damage or blood and there are covered objects that the public assumes are dead people. But the streets are devoid of the splattered blood and mangled bodies that would be the consequence of a truck hitting 185 people.
Similarly, we have been shown very few videos and their origin is unknown except for the one attributed to Richard Gutjahr who was apparently pre-positioned to film inconclusively both the Nice and German “terror attacks.”
Online analysis of the videos shows that the videos are not evidence for the storyline. The real question is why the French Interior Minister has prevented the release and demanded destruction of the security camera videos that filmed the entire event, an order that brought the central government in Paris in conflict with the public authorities in Nice.
There has been no US media interest whatsoever in this very strange event. It is not a “conspiracy theory” to ask why the public cannot see the video evidence that shows what actually happened.
What agenda is served by the Paris and Nice attacks? This is the question everyone should be asking and the media, if we had one, should be investigating. With the information currently available to me, my answer is this. Of all the peoples of Western Europe, the French are the most independently minded. French independence has taken a number of recent hits from Washington:
The largest French bank was forced to hand over $9 billion to Washington for doing business with a country on Washington’s disapproval list.
Washington forced France to cancel a lucrative ship-building program for Russia, to the detriment of French companies and shipyard workers.
Washington has forced France into a diplomatic conflict with Russia that the French do not want and into a looming military conflict which the French want even less, as the conflict would mean the vaporization of France. As one Russian SS-18 can wipe out three-fourths of the state of New York, how many do you think it would take to wipe France off of the face of the Earth? Not even a handful.
Keep in mind that in 1966 President Charles de Gaulle pulled France out of NATO on the grounds that it was necessary to preserve French independence in world affairs. France did not again submit to Washington’s control until 2009 when Washington-owned Nicolas Sarkozy, put into the French presidency by Washington’s money, followed his orders and rejoined NATO.
The Paris and Nice orchestrated events serve to scare France back into Washington’s arms. Dreams of independence become nightmares when independence leaves the French people at the mercy of both terrorists and Russians. Washington, who owns Sarkozy, who is once again Washington’s candidate for president of France, intends to keep France in NATO.
The article in Europhysics pointing out the impossibility of the official 9/11 story could possibly lead to a rebirth of skepticism among Europeans. Only a skeptical media willing to investigate government storylines can bring a halt to the staged terror events that serve secret agendas.
Keep in mind that the US government has plentiful video evidence of the 9/11 attack on the Pentagon but refuses to release the evidence that it says support its story.
Similarly, the French federal government has prohibited Nice authorities from releasing the security camera videos of the Nice truck attack and has ordered the video evidence destroyed. How can we believe governments that refuse to show us the hard evidence?
A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing
If any of my readers are still brainwashed about 9/11, they need to attend this conference. Tickets are still available.
A 2-Day Symposium | Sept. 10-11, 2016 | Cooper Union New York City
Fifteen years after the events of 9/11, wars and cultural conflicts caused by the U.S. response and questionable alliances continue to create global tensions. Furthermore, questions of how the attacks took place continue to surface. For these reasons, a historic event highlighting the blatant discrepancies of the official narrative will be held to critique science-based evidence of the most consequential event of our time.
A stellar lineup of credentialed experts will also review new evidence of a cover up such as is revealed in the declassification of the 28 pages, and raise the bar – literally, with an unprecedented level of legal analysis. As you’ll see, this event has an international component, since 9/11 was such a world-changing event. Full details and tickets are at www.911justiceinfocus.org.
The Day 1 Program will feature:
Keynote address by renowned public interest attorney, Daniel Sheehan, who litigated the Pentagon Papers case, the Karen Silkwood case, Iran/Contra scandal, and Three Mile Island.
Keynote address by Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, head of the Supreme Court of Italy, with experience prosecuting conspiratorial crimes, notably Operation Gladio.
Richard Gage, AIA, founder of Architects & Engineers For 9/11 Truth, which currently has over 2,600 professionals from the building trades as signatories
Professor Leroy Hulsey, from the University of Alaska, who is conducting a unique, unbiased, independent modeling of the collapse of WTC 7.
Unique analysis of ISIS, the latest on the secret 28 pages and related legislation which has begun to reveal the official deceptions and questionable geopolitical alliances to the widest audience ever reached in this 15-year effort.
The 9/11 Truth Action Project – the next level of national organizing.
Government whistleblowers – Wayne Madsen, former NSA analyst, and J. Michael Springmann, former State Department foreign services officer.
TV news personality, media critic, and attorney known as “Lionel.”
Bob McIlvaine, 9/11 family member.
Dylan Avery, creator of the globally renown 9/11 documentary “Loose Change.”
Master of Ceremony will be Mark Crispin Miller, professor of Media, Culture and Communication at New York University.
For the Day 2 Program there will be a sequence of legal presentations analyzing key strategies and many yet-unaddressed evidentiary issues. These include:
Presentation of Legal Standards and Key Evidence.
9/11 Related Litigation to Date.
Pending and Planned FOIA Requests, Appeals, and Litigation.
Future U.S. Litigation Options.
Potential for an International Investigation.
Public interest attorney , Daniel Sheehan.
Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, Honorary President of the Supreme Court of Italy.
Mick Harrison, whistleblower litigation expert.
William Veale and Mustapha Ndanusa, attorneys for April Gallop, Pentagon survivor.
David Meiswinkle, New Jersey litigator and former police officer.
Barbara Honegger, State Department whistleblower, author of “October Surprise.”
Andrew Kreig, journalist and attorney.
Engineers – David Chandler, Jonathan Cole, Tony Szamboti.
Architect – Richard Gage, AIA.
Master of Ceremony will be Dr. William Pepper, international civil rights attorney, litigator for the family of Martin Luther King, and author of “Act of State”.
Why should you attend this powerful event? Since justice and rule of law is the foundation of any civilized society, the commitment to face all the facts of 9/11 will empower us as a culture to move forward and re-establish our position of trust and integrity in the world. In so many ways, our future depends on it. Make plans today.
Sept. 10 & 11, 2015 | 10am – 6:30pm | Cooper Union,
7 East 7th Street, Manhattan
(7th St. and 3rd Avenue)
Xi’s Epic Snub Of Obama At G20 Summit + After Snubbing Obama, China Gives Putin Red Carpet Treatment, Warns Against Protectionism At G-20 September 7 2016 | From: Geopolitics / ZeroHedge
Xi’s Epic Snub vs. Obama at G20 Summit Reflects Asia’s Collective Wrath Over US Interference in the Region.
Every high-profile meeting like the G20 involves an elaborate preparation, from security down to the minutest detail of providing the red carpet welcome to every invited leader of member countries and guests.
It would be unthinkable to not provide a mobile staircase to stick onto the side of a presidential plane that would led the guests to the red carpet down below.
That’s exactly what happened to the arrival of the US president Barack Soetoro Obama.
China’s leaders have been accused of delivering a calculated diplomatic snub to Barack Obama after the US president was not provided with a staircase to leave his plane during his chaotic arrival in Hangzhou before the start of the G20.
But the leader of the world’s largest economy, who is on his final tour of Asia, was forced to disembark from Air Force One through a little-used exit in the plane’s belly after no rolling staircase was provided when he landed in the eastern Chinese city on Saturday afternoon.
Campaigners hail key moment in battle against global warming as presidents Obama and Xi announce deal on eve of G20 summit in Hangzhou
“The reception that President Obama and his staff got when they arrived here Saturday afternoon was bruising, even by Chinese standards,” the New York Times reported.
Jorge Guajardo, Mexico’s former ambassador to China, said he was convinced Obama’s treatment was part of a calculated snub.
“These things do not happen by mistake. Not with the Chinese,” Guajardo, who hosted presidents Enrique Peña Nieto and Felipe Calderón during his time in Beijing, told the Guardian.
“I’ve dealt with the Chinese for six years. I’ve done these visits. I took Xi Jinping to Mexico. I received two Mexican presidents in China. I know exactly how these things get worked out. It’s down to the last detail in everything. It’s not a mistake. It’s not.”
Guajardo added: “It’s a snub. It’s a way of saying: ‘You know, you’re not that special to us.’ It’s part of the new Chinese arrogance. It’s part of stirring up Chinese nationalism. It’s part of saying: ‘China stands up to the superpower.’ It’s part of saying: ‘And by the way, you’re just someone else to us.’ It works very well with the local audience."
“Why [did it happen]?” the former diplomat, who was ambassador from 2007 until 2013, added. “I guess it is part of Xi Jinping playing the nationalist card. That’s my guess.”
Bill Bishop, a China expert whose Sinocism newsletter tracks the country’s political scene, agreed that Obama’s welcome looked suspiciously like a deliberate slight intended “to make the Americans look diminished and weak”.
“It sure looks like a straight-up snub,” Bishop said. “This clearly plays very much into the [idea]: ‘Look, we can make the American president go out of the ass of the plane.’”
The pro-Western medium South China Morning Post [here] tried to attenuate the glaring snub by saying that it was the US delegation who requested to not provide the ramp in the first place.
“You have a lot of scuzzy sort-of thieves for whom this is a way to hit the jackpot.”
“It was Washington’s decision to have US President Barack Obama disembark from his plane through a small bare metal stairway instead of the usual rolling red-carpet staircase that state leaders get, a Chinese foreign ministry official has revealed.”
The truth of the matter is, there‘s now a consensus in Asia not to welcome anymore geopolitical inference from the United States government, or its Khazarian benefactors.
Indonesia has known early on that it was the US extortionists who caused the Indian Ocean Tsunami. It’s very consistent in its refusal against more Western company mining on it soil.
For Japan, it was a frontal extortion with Fukushima nuclear tsunami right from the start. That’s why it is now collaborating with Russia and other stakeholders in the establishment of a unified alternative energy grid in order to defeat the financial backbone of the Khazarian oil financiers causing wars for oil in the Middle East.
In late March, Russia’s Rosseti Company, the China State Grid Corporation, the Korea Electric Power Corporation and Japan’s Softbank Group agreed to establish and interconnected energy system to encompass the entire region of Northeastern Asia and eventually to build a number of separate energy bridges, including one between Russia’s Sakhalin Island and Japan.
Speaking on the sidelines of a GAZTECH conference earlier this year, the International Energy Agency’s former director Tanaka Nobuo said that after the disaster at Japan’s Fukushima nuclear power plant in March 2011, Japan shut down almost all its nuclear power stations, thus making the country dependent on energy supplies from abroad.
“Without nuclear energy we have become too dependent on fuel supplies, above all from the Middle East, but the current political instability there is a big risk, that’s why we are diversifying both our energy resources, such as oil, gas and coal, and the countries where we are buying fuel.
Staking on natural gas imports, we could shift our focus from the Middle East to suppliers in North America, Australia, the ASEAN countries and Russia, which could become a major supplier,” he said.
This level of cooperation ensures that no wars of aggression will ever be permitted just so another Khazarian oil pipeline is laid on anypart of Eurasia.
On the other hand, Duterte has acknowledged in one media ambush interview that he is “more excited of meeting Vladimir Putin” than Obama, when asked about his talking points with the latter once they met at the outset of the ASEAN Summit in Laos this month.
This statement came hours after he confirmed to have talked with the Chinese ambassador to the Philippines for 4 straight hours. Obviously, they were not talking about Pokemon Go.
It would be wrong to assume that terror and earthquake attacks could change the current Philippine geopolitical trajectory.
The Asian leaderships are now visibly standing up to the arrogance of the Exceptionalists who still think the rules do not apply to them.
Change is Ongoing!
After Snubbing Obama, China Gives Putin Red Carpet Treatment, Warns Against Protectionism At G-20
Roughly at the same time as China's infamous snub of Obama's arrival at Hangzhou for the G-20 summit, when the G-20 host nation's delegation first made sure there was no staircase for Obama to exit the plane and descend on the red carpet; forcing the president of the world's most powerful nation to use an emergency exit...
...followed by a shouting match by a Chinese official who unleashed on the US Press corps and national security advisor Susan Rice, blocking them from crossing a blue rope holding back press and saying "This is our country. This is our airport", Chinese officials had no such problems greeting Russian president Vladimir Putin with full honors, whose arrival - on the red carpet - took place without a glitch.
The favor was returned: according to RT, Putin brought a box of Russian ice-cream as a gift to Chinese leader Xi Jinping:
“I promised you I’d bring some ice-cream,” Putin said. “I’ve brought for you a box of it as a gift.”
Xi Jinping is a real fan of Russian ice-cream.
“Thank you very much for the gift, for the tasty ice-cream. In my every trip to Russia I always ask to buy Russian ice-cream. And then, at home, we eat it,” the Chinese leader said.
“You have the best cream, and it makes it so tasty. I like it very much. Thank you for this courtesy,” he added.
Having brought no ice cream of his own, and his embarrassing arrival in China making front page news over the weekend, Obama quickly tried to talk down the embarrassing incident, saying the tensions were the result of different approaches to the media, as well as the sheer scale of the US operation when he travels, according to AFP.
Obama pivoted away from the snub, instead accusing China of once again showing little respect for human rights:
“Washington stands up for press freedom and human rights and - whatever the fallout - does not leave our values and ideals behind when we take these trips" he said.
"It can cause some friction. The seams are showing a little more than usual in terms of some of the negotiations and jostling that takes place behind the scenes," Obama told reporters on Sunday.
The justification continued: "Part of it is we also have a much bigger footprint than a lot of other countries. And we've got a lot of planes, a lot of helicopters, a lot of cars, a lot of guys. You know, if you're a host country, sometimes it may feel a little bit much."
Obama said it was not the first time Washington's differences with Beijing had erupted during a visit, and that clashing values were also on display in his discussions with Xi.
Obama concluded by expressing hope the world would quickly move on and forget China's snub of Obama on his last official visit to the country:
"And so I wouldn't over-crank the significance of it," he said.
"None of this detracts from the broader scope of the relationship (with China)," he told a news conference.
"The bilateral discussions that we had yesterday were extremely productive and continue to point to big areas of cooperation."
Obama's "explanation" aside, China took the initiative to continue piling its critisim of the US, when Chinese President Xi Jinping said at the open of a two-day G-20 summit that the global economy is being threatened by rising protectionism and risks from highly leveraged financial markets.
He was referring to recent US trade war escalations, and Washington's recent response to Chinese dumping with duties on cold-rolled steel as high as 522%. As for highly leveraged financial markets, pretty much anyone could be at fault there.
His warning on Sunday followed bilateral talks with Barack Obama that the U.S. president described as "extremely productive", but which failed to bring both sides closer on thornier topics such as tensions in the South China Sea.
In addition to the previously leaked communique details, which as reorted last night will call for more fiscal and monetary stimulus, observers expect G20 leaders to mount a defense of free trade and globalization and warn against isolationism, eyeing Britain's vote in June to exit the
European Union and before the U.S. presidential election in November. The global economy has arrived "at a crucial juncture", Xi said, in the face of sluggish demand, volatile financial markets and feeble trade and investment.
"Growth drivers from the previous round of technological progress are gradually fading, while a new round of technological and industrial revolution has yet to gain momentum," he said.
As Reuters confirmed last night's report, G20 countries are set to agree in a communique at the end of the summit that all policy measures - including monetary, fiscal and structural reforms - should be used to achieve solid and sustainable economic growth, Japanese Deputy Chief Cabinet Secretary Koichi Hagiuda said.
“Commitment will be made to utilizing all three policy tools of monetary and fiscal policies and structural reforms to achieve solid, sustainable, balanced and inclusive growth," Hagiuda told reporters on the sidelines of the summit.
What he was really doing is hinting that the BOJ may no longer abide by the demands of the US Treasury to not engage in significant currency devaluations potentially leading to a major surprise announcement out of the BOJ in its September meeting.
Xi also called on G20 countries to match their words with actions.
“We should turn the G20 group into an action team, instead of a talk shop," he said.
Considering that the G-20 has been equated with the UN in terms of efficiency, we hope Xi isn't holding his breath.
Meanwhile, some of the G20 leaders have begun drawing battle lines in disputes over issues ranging from trade and investment to tax policy and industrial overcapacity, suggesting there was far less smiling by world leaders going on behind the scenes.
According to Reuters, Xi held talks with Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull and told him he hoped Australia would continue to provide a fair, transparent and predictable policy environment for foreign investors.
China was angered when Australia blocked the A$10 billion ($7.7 billion) sale of the country's biggest energy grid to Chinese bidders last month.
China has accused Australia of bowing to protectionist sentiment in blocking the bid for Ausgrid, as well as an earlier one by a China-led consortium to buy cattle company Kidman & Co. Beijing has also criticized Australia, a staunch U.S. ally, for running surveillance flights over disputed islands in the South China Sea.
Meanwhile, European Commission President Jean-Claude Juncker shot back at China saying the G-20 host nation must set up a mechanism to address its problem of industrial overcapacity, adding it was "unacceptable" the European steel industry had lost so many jobs in recent years.
“Overcapacity is a global problem but there is a particular Chinese element," he told a news conference.
Britain's future after its departure from the European Union was also subject to discussion. Obama reassured Prime Minister May that Britain's closest political, commercial and military ally would stand by her, tentatively backing off his infamous line that Brexit would leave the UK "in the back of the queue."
However, Obama did not shrink away from his stance that Brexit was a mistake and that London would not be able to jump the queue to arrange a bilateral trade deal.
Juncker said that if Britain wanted access to the European Union's common market, it needed to respect the rules of the common market.
Turnbull, meanwhile, said Australia wanted an early free trade agreement with Britain so markets could remain open between them when Britain formally left the European trading bloc.
Jean-Claude Juncker is a Luxembourgish politician who has been President of the European Commission, the executive branch of the European Union, since 2014
Snubbed or not, Obama held talks with Xi on Saturday that ran late into the night focusing mostly on the recent geopolitical tensions surrounding the disputed islands. He urged Beijing to uphold its legal obligations in the disputed waters of the South China Sea, and stressed U.S. commitments to its regional allies.
Xi responded by saying China would continue to safeguard its sovereignty and maritime rights in the South China Sea. But China is keen to keep the summit focused on economic issues and to prevent other disputes from overshadowing it.
According to a "fact sheet" on China-U.S. relations issued on Sunday, the two sides agreed on a range of issues, including avoiding competitive currency devaluations and not limiting deal opportunities for foreign information and communication technology providers.
Obama, in the last five months of his presidency, is using the visit to put a final stamp on his signature policy shift toward the Pacific, setting the tone for his White House successor, who will be elected in November and take office on Jan. 20. Judging by this weekend's incidents, Chinese opinion of the highest US political institutions has never been lower.
Perhaps just as bizarre as the now infamous Obama snub, however, was China's decision to convert parts of the city of Hangzhou, with its 9 million people, into a virtual ghost town as China sought to ensure that the G20 summit stays incident-free.
Farage: Establishment Losing Control Over The People September 3 2016 | From: Infowars
The Empire didn’t believe Brexit was possible, Farage pointed out.
Brexit leader Nigel Farage said the globalist establishment is bewildered over Brexit and clueless on how to regain control.
“The Empire is befuddled,” he said on The Alex Jones Show Tuesday. “The Empire doesn’t get Brexit because the Empire didn’t believe Brexit was possible. Now the Empire’s problem is that it’s fighting this argument on several fronts at once.”
“We’ve got the American elections going on, we’ve got a big referendum coming up in Hungary on migrant quotas from Germany, we’ve got a rerun of the Austrian presidency where the right-wing candidate was cheated by false votes,” Farage said.
“So they’ve got a real problem, they’re fighting us now on a whole series of fronts. What will they do to fight back? I don’t know the answer to that yet, and you know something? Nor do they.”
And the real takeaway from Brexit? It’s the first victory, Farage pointed out.
“Brexit is the first strike-back against this phenomenon of the big banks, the big businesses, effectively owning politics, willfully destroying nation-state democracy, getting rid of that thing our forbearers actually fought and shed their blood to create and to preserve our liberties and our freedoms,” he continued.
“All of that being taken away and suddenly in a referendum that no one said we could win, and we’ve done it.What we’ve done is given inspiration to freedom fighters right across the Western World.”
Farage then broke down how Hillary is aligned with the globalist agenda and how the US elections are crucial to the fight against globalism.
“Hillary represents everything that has gone wrong in our lives over the last couple of decades,” he said. “She is part of that phenomenon where all that seems to matter now is corporatism.
The big, global companies who want to set the rulebooks to effectively put out of business any small or medium-size competitors.”
And Hillary loves the supranational global-type bodies which are accountable to nobody, Farage continued.
“I think she sees the European Union as a prototype for an even bigger form of world government,” he stated.
“If you want nothing to change at all, if you want to continue with the kind of cronyism that we see with the Clinton Foundation, if you want things to stay the same, vote for Hillary.”
Farage went on to clarify his decision to leave UKIP and take the fight for national sovereignty worldwide.
“I’m not retiring, I’m not living in a tin shed, but I’m going to step back from leadership and it’s going to leave me free to make this argument not just in the United Kingdom, not just in the EU Parliament, but around other parts of the Western world.”
Farage also commented on Hillary’s public criticism of his recent US visit to speak at a Trump rally in Mississippi.
“Can I please use this opportunity to thank Hillary Clinton from the bottom of my heart for doing what she’s done?” asked Farage with a chuckle. “She’s raised my profile massively in this presidential election. So Hillary, thank you.”
Excellent Trump / Farage Speech & Hillary Thinks “Mr. Brexit” Is Just Another “Right - Wing, Xenophobic, Sexist, Bigot” That You Should Promptly Ignore+
Brexit: Worst Case Scenario For EU; Armageddon Promise Now Exposed As Pack Of Lies August 29 2016 | From: KiwiWatch / ZeroHedge
Hillary Clinton is feeling some pressure. Not only is she caught in the cross-hairs of alternative media that is now gaining strength almost daily in bringing the truth to people about what is really going on in societies, particularly in regard to her undisclosed health issues, actually naming and criticising InfoWars and Brietbart in her criticism.
It seems her incessant lies are catching up to her in regard to the FBI actually being the discloser of the fact that she uses BleachBit to eradicate emails forever from the prying eyes of authorities.
Now BleachBit is claiming that they stifled the FBI investigation into Clintons private server (nothing like publicity they say) just showing how completely corrupt and farcical the U.S. elections really are.
It seems that a speech made by Nigel Farage (or “Mr. Brexit” as the Trump campaign has named him) at a Trump rally a couple of days ago in Jackson, Mississippi may have struck a nerve with the Clinton camp. Well, Clinton was not amused by Mr. Brexit.
As pointed out by Breitbart, Clinton took the opportunity at an event yesterday to seemingly suggest that Farage is just another “right-wing”, xenophobic, sexist, bigot that you should all promptly ignore. Frankly, we’re in awe of how succinctly Clinton is able to identify all of Farage’s multiple character flaws…it really is masterful speech writing.
Lest we forget, Hillary pointed that, because his opinions differ from her own, Farage is necessarily just another one of Putin’s “useful idiots“:
"The godfather of this global brand of extreme nationalism is Russian President Vladimir Putin.”
For his part, Farage suggested that Hillary spend a little more time “speaking to normal, working people in her country” rather than attacking him with “dodgy half-quotes.”“I think Hillary Clinton is running scared. Her attacks on me are completely baseless. She sounds rather like Bob Geldof and can’t accept Brexit.”
"Perhaps Mrs. Clinton should spend more time speaking to normal, working people in her country than trying to attack me using dodgy half-quotes”.
Per Breitbart, Farage suggests that he did not say that children of legal immigrants be banned from public schools, but rather suggested that people who have not paid in to the UK tax system not be the beneficiaries of public money until they have paid in.
Farage also noted that he has previously pointed out that women who take maternity leave are perceived by employers to be “worth less” than men, though never opined on whether or not that was fair or just. Farage also supported scrapping EU discrimination law, noting that the British parliament could easily enact these laws, if necessary, themselves.
If you haven’t seen it…it’s worth a view:
Nigel Farage Excerpt:
Full Event: Donald Trump Rally in Jackson, Mississippi (August 24, 2016) Trump Live Speech
The biblical deluge of expose, evidence and narrative on Hillary and the Clinton Foundation shows no sign of slowing:
"Unemployment would rocket. Tumbleweed would billow through deserted high streets. Share prices would crash. The government would struggle to find buyers for UK bonds. Financial markets would be in meltdown. Britain would be plunged instantly into another deep recession.
Remember all that? It was hard to avoid the doom and gloom, not just in the weeks leading up to the referendum, but in those immediately after it. Many of those who voted remain comforted themselves with the certain knowledge that those who had voted for Brexit would suffer a bad case of buyer’s remorse.
The financial markets are serene. Share prices are close to a record high, and fears that companies would find it difficult and expensive to borrow have proved wide of the mark. Far from dumping UK government gilts, pension funds and insurance companies have been keen to hold on to them.
City economists had predicted an immediate rise in the claimant count measure of unemployment in July. That hasn’t happened either. This week’s figures show that instead of a 9,000 rise, there was an 8,600 drop."
Pack of Lies Clearly Visible
Armageddon fears were purposely over-hyped from the beginning. Now reality has set in.
Project fear backfired. People can easily see what liars David Cameron and the nannycrats in Brussels were.
Project Remain: Where are the admissions “We were wrong?”
Worst Case Scenario for EU
That the UK has gone on as normal has to be one of the worst fears for the nannycrats in Brussels. There is life, not death after Brexit. What country will be next to figure that out?
Some rough times are likely ahead for the global economy, including the UK. But in the long run, Brexit will be a good thing for the UK, which means it will be a bad thing from the point of view of Brussels.
Sweden Warns U.K. Against Aggressive Tax Cuts Amid Brexit Talks
The nannycrats are now worried that the UK will do something smart, like lower corporate taxes again.
"The U.K. should avoid any drastic steps to cut corporate taxes, or similar measures, as it prepares to start talks on leaving the European Union, Swedish Prime Minister Stefan Loefven said.
If the U.K. wants some time to think about the situation, this will also give EU countries some time,” Loefven told Bloomberg after giving a speech in Stockholm on Sunday. “On the other hand, you hear about plans in the U.K. to, for example, lower corporate taxes considerably. If they, during this time, begin that kind of race, that will of course make discussions more difficult.”
Stellar Opportunity for UK to Set Example for the World
By all means the UK should precisely make things more difficult.
Everyone says, Brexit terms need to be negotiated. Actually, the UK can pick up its marbles and go home. Who could stop the UK from doing just that?
The more the EU pisses and moans, the more successful Brexit will be for the UK.
9 Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists” August 18 2016 | From: ZenGardner
The day the masses wake up and understand what the term “conspiracy theory” really means and recognise the truth about “conspiracy theorists,” who they are, what they stand for, the world ruling elite’s hold on humanity will be over.
Their deceptive cover would have been blown wide open and indeed there will be consequences.
So, in light of the above, here are 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.”
1. …have to put up with much ignorance, and as a knee-jerk reaction, baseless accusation of “conspiracy theory.” “Conspiracy theory” carries with it the deriding insinuation that there are no conspiracies (no conspiracy facts, just theory). Who could be so brainwashed, unquestioningly ignorant, or naïve enough to believe that no country has ever conspired?
2. Are conspiracy factualists. Using evidence they expose the truth about what’s really going on in the world. They expose the deceitful criminal perpetrator networks and authorities. Therefore, the term “conspiracy theorist” is a misnomer.
3. Give credible accounts of events, diligently challenging the official versions filled with lies, inconsistencies, fake bogeymen enemies and false paradigms… manufactured for power, profit and political gains. Many official versions of these false flag events have big enough holes in their stories to drive double-decker buses in and out of.
Further, they expose financial, health, environmental, educational and war agendas, the secret occult societies, paedophilia, organ harvesting and black ops projects… the ruling elite enslavers don’t want you know about.
Then there are the eugenics, trans-humanism and depopulation agendas… these blatantly obvious conspiracy facts are there for all to see.
4. As a consequence of 3, are perceived by the ruling elite and their associates as a threat. In order to get away with their crimes and deception they know that “conspiracy theorists” have to be ignored, invalidated, or ridiculed by the masses:
The term “conspiracy theory” was originally a 1960s’ CIA invention. Over the years the ruling elite’s owned and controlled intelligence agencies such as the CIA and their mainstream media propaganda machine have used this term to expand its effect of negatively stigmatizing “conspiracy theorists” so that the masses will never realize that these people were right all along.
5. …therefore are truther messengers running the risk of getting shot. They are targeted individuals. Targeted by the likes of the UK’s ex-Prime Minister David Cameron, calling them “non-violent domestic extremists” as one of the many attempts to silence such people who have seen right through the phoney baloney.
6. Are not “coincidence theorists.” How can anyone dismiss the overwhelming number of coincidences pointed out by “conspiracy theorists” to be indicators of crimes and cover-ups tied in with false flag events? Is it really a mere coincidence that it’s always the elite few; the banksters, the puppet senior politicians, the owner/controllers of mega-corporations that benefit from these events?
7. Are the freethinking minority able to think for themselves against the backdrop: a world full of sheep-like people going into agreement with the general consensus of the masses while blindly accepting authority viewpoints blurted out in the ruling elite’s bought-off, owned and controlled mainstream media…
8. Consistent with Arthur Schopenhauer’s statement, in time, with their conspiracy facts, could be the majority stage-3: “…accepted as being self-evident.”
9. …Are who the world’s needs most: Unstoppable, increasing in numbers and gathering in momentum. They are laudable investigators.
They are peaceful activists, spreading the truth about what’s really going on in the world. Many do their inner work to co-create a turnaround, away from the planned doom and gloom. Thus, it is their intention to co-create freedom: A new paradigm experience, a world that truly makes a difference for everyone.
A shift in mass consciousness is the underlying key principle. This is how these consciously awakened individuals will bring about that freedom.
Not an attempt at an exhaustive A-Z account, I realize, but that concludes my 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.”
Cancer Update: There Are Now 100 Scientific Studies That Prove Cannabis Cures Cancer + Watch What Happens When Cannabis Is Injected Into Cancer Cells August 17 2016 | From: HigherPerspective / HealthNutNews
Cannabis is a Schedule I drug in the United States. That means the government has designated the plant as having no accepted medical use and a high potential for abuse. No accepted medical use? There are scores of studies that say differently.
Rick Simpson is a medical marijuana activist, and he has been on a crusade of healing. He considers Cannabis to be the most medicinally active plant that humans can use on this planet.
Watch What Happens When Cannabis Is Injected Into Cancer Cells
Since 1974 studies have shown that cannabis has anti-tumor effects.
The results of the 1974 study, reported in an Aug. 18, 1974, Washington Post newspaper feature, were that cannabis’s component,THC, “slowed the growth of lung cancers, breast cancers and a virus-induced leukemia in laboratory mice, and prolonged their lives by as much as 36 percent.”
In 1975 an article in the Journal of the National cancer institute titled “Antineoplastic Activity of Cannabinoids,” they reported that;
“Lewis lung adenocarcinoma growth was retarded by the oral administration of tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabinol (CBD). Mice treated for 20 consecutive days with THC and CBD had reduced primary tumor size.”
In 1998, a research team at Madrid’s Complutense University Led by Dr. Manuel Guzman discovered that THC can selectively induce programmed cell death in brain tumor cells without negatively impacting surrounding healthy cells.
They reported in the March 2002 issue of “Nature Medicine” they had destroyed incurable brain cancer tumors in rats by injecting them with THC. And in 2007 even Harvard Researchers found that compounds in cannabis cut the growth of lung cancer.
There is also an organization called The SETH Group that showed compounds in cannabis can stop the growth of human glioblastoma multiforma (GBM) brain cancer cells. The SETH Group says:
“No chemotherapy can match this nontoxic anti-cancer action.”
Even in 2012 a pair of scientists at California Pacific Medical Center in San Francisco found THC stops metastasis in many kinds of aggressive cancer.
Watch as the active ingredient in marijuana, THC, kills cancer cells:
“The city between the two seas” straddles the southern Mediterranean, known as the Mar Grande,and a small inlet known as the Mar Piccolo. The air has a heavy metallic scent.
At the edge of town is a farm that has been known, since the 1800s, for its traditional cheeses. People came from all over to buy dairy products handmade in ancient, wood-fired terracotta furnaces. Those days are long gone, owner Vincenzo Fornaro explains, as he stands in a field surrounded by chest-high cannabis plants.
In 2008, local officials forced Fornaro to cull his animals, which were no longer safe for human consumption. They were contaminated with a dangerous cocktail of nickel, lead, and other toxic substances. That was the end of the cheese.
The culprit, just over a mile away, is the biggest steel plant in Europe. The cannabis plants have replaced the dairy farm in an attempt to undo the environmental damage.
Fornaro was aware the plant was spewing toxic chemicals into the air and soil, he said, in Italian. “I can see the effects of this horrible factory on me.” When he was 20, he had a kidney removed. He told Italian newspaper La Stampa that his own mother had died after being diagnosed with a tumor.
The Ilva steel plant covers 15 million square meters - nearly three times the size of the city itself. It opened in 1965 and doubled in size by the 1970s. It once churned out almost one-third of Italy’s steel. The plant helped turn Taranto into a grimy industrial city. Smoking chimneys, blast furnaces, and aggregates yards now dominate the once-pastoral town. Even today a giant oil refinery and a huge cement factory welcome visitors.
Production at the plant has declined steadily, from 9 million tons at its height, to 4.7 million tons in 2015. But the environmental effects have been devastating. One study found that 11,000 local residents died as a result of severe toxin poisoning in factory fallout from 2005 to 2012.
High levels of lead and dioxins (carcinogenic compounds) were found in the urine and blood of locals who lived near the factory. They had higher rates of heart disease and cancer.
The dilemma is that the plant has dominated the local economy. At its height, it employed 40,000 people, and a European Union report found that the plant made up 75 percent of Taranto’s income in 2008.
Unemployment in the region was almost 20 percent as recently as last year, so for many local residents, the jobs almost make up for the pollution. Initially, the local government didn’t do anything because the steel plant was too important.
“A long time ago, a choice was made to sacrifice this part of Italy, jeopardizing the health of the citizens of Taranto and its community and the biodiversity of the two seas,” said politician Domenico Finiguerra.
“It was decided to sacrifice this land in the name of Italy’s economic future, supplying its industry with all the steel it needed.”
"Taranto represents an economic model based on cement, steel, and oil, which is no longer sustainable", Finiguerra said.
“This poisoned territory urgently needs an ecological regeneration project.”
As the full scale of the environmental devastation became clear, local residents decided to take action. In 2012, the plant was seized by magistrates and put under special administration. Last year, 47 people were indicted for crimes including crimes against public safety, corruption, bribery, abuse of office, and murder and injury by negligence.
Among those indicted were the powerful owners of the plant, the Riva family, managers at the factory, as well as the former governor of the region and a former mayor of the city of Taranto.
Fabio Riva had been on the run since 2012 and had to be extradited from the United Kingdom. His billionaire father died in 2014, after two years of being under house arrest.
The legal action couldn’t save the agriculture sector, however. Since 2012, about 1,000 enterprises have shut down, and there has been a 10-percent decrease in meat production due to the slaughtering of 1,000 animals in the area. The soil is thoroughly contaminated, and farmers are banned from grazing their animals within a 12-mile radius of the steel plant.
Which brings us to hemp.
“We found ourselves at a crossroads, we had to decide whether to leave or to stay,” said farmer Vincenzo Fornaro. “We decided to stay to defend our land.”
“We started recovering our land using hemp,” Fornaro said proudly as he stood amid the marijuana plants. When I visited, the three-month-old crop was verdant and fragrant. The strong, sweet scent of marijuana coming from the three-hectare field contrasted strongly with the fumes from the nearby steel plant, which still employs 14,000 people.
Fornaro started cultivating the controversial plant two years ago with the help of CanaPuglia, a local startup founded by hemp enthusiast Claudio Natile.
“Hemp is a versatile plant, with strong links to the Italian tradition, with thousands of properties, which over the years has been criminalized,” Natile said.
Hemp was a major Italian agricultural crop for hundreds of years. In the ’50s, the country was the second-largest hemp producer in the world after the Soviet Union. Italian hemp seeds provided some of the most resistant fibers, which were turned into clothing. However, with industrialization and the advent of synthetic fibers such as nylon, hemp started to disappear.
Natile said part of CanaPuglia’s work was teaching people that history. “We went to the schools, spoke to the priests, to the farmers, and even the local military police to explain what we were going to use this plant for. The day we planted the seeds we invited all of them.”
Cultivating hemp is legal in Italy, as long as farmers tell the police that they are planting it for industrial use and plant a legal variety, which has low levels of THC, the mind-altering chemical. (Italy is currently considering legalizing recreational marijuana consumption.)
In just five years, hemp production in Puglia has increased from 3 hectares to 300, with about 100 farmers in the area planting seeds. It has even brought new investments to the region such as the first hemp processing plant in Southern Italy, which transforms the hemp into fiber that can be turned into shoes, bags, clothes and even bricks for construction.
Hemp seeds are ground into high-protein, high-fiber, gluten-free flour that can be used for baking as well as to make pasta. But most farmers in the region, like Fornaro, are planting hemp to help clear their land of toxins.
Fornaro can sell plant fibers for processing because the toxins don’t show up in the plant itself, but he is not able to sell the seeds (to be ground into flour, for example) because they could be contaminated.
“We have to start giving back what we took from the environment and provide an alternative employment to our children,” said Fornaro.
“For now we use hemp only for industrial processing. I hope in the future we can use it also for nourishment. But what is certain is that we will surround the Ilva plant with hemp.”
David Wilcock: The Ascension Mysteries August 13 2016 | From: DivineCosmos
Enjoy our epic new two-hour YouTube video investigation into The Ascension Mysteries - Revealing the Cosmic Battle Between Good and Evil! The so-called New World Order consider themselves to be the descendants of extraterrestrial humans who crash-landed to Earth some 55,000 years ago.
They were giants with elongated skulls who set up control systems and "royal bloodlines" all over the earth. They are the "Fallen Angels" from ancient texts. Even after multiple events wiped them out, they are still here. This information is some of the most jealously guarded data in the classified world.
Watch David combine never-before-seen insider testimony with surprising scientific evidence of giants and giant skeletons that were once widely seen on Earth. If all of this story is true - and it does appear to be thanks to multiple insiders' testimonies - it is perhaps the single greatest cover-up in Earth's history.
Even those who are heavily entrained by the mainstream view are finding the final 45 minutes of the video undeniably compelling due to the proof David offers.
It is important to note that this is NOT a video in which David holds back information and says "If you read the book you will find out that (blank.)"
Instead, this is a full presentation from Conscious Life Expo on February 7th, 2015, which directly led to the signing of the book deal for The Ascension Mysteries.
The public response to this information was overwhelmingly positive, despite its incredibly sci-fi implications. The crowd that had lined up to see this event was literally spread throughout five different hallways at the LAX Hilton Hotel that Saturday night.
Cabal symbols appear in various places in sudden and creepy ways, showing the deeper, hidden context of these historical events. With the testimony of William Tompkins, we now have independent insider verification of Corey Goode's testimony that Nazis cut a deal with negative ETs.
A variety of NASA photos provide indirect verification of a truly awesome story that multiple insiders have revealed to us.
Some of these photos are in the book. Others are not. Still other images were discovered after this presentation and made it into the finished product. Taken together, this is the story of the cosmic history of our solar system.
David traces through the story of how a vast intelligent civilization in our solar system ended up living on the surface of Earth's Moon. From there, they suffered awesome attacks that destroyed their habitable zones, forcing a small number of them to crash-land on Earth.
At this point the story becomes much easier to track, with much more evidence behind it. Our research for the book created a variety of wonderful new leads that we had missed in this presentation.
Nor did we understand the difference between the Ancient Builder Race and what we are now calling the Empire at the time this was done. The book contains a "grand summary" of all insider information we have gathered over the years, with particular emphasis on our solar system's cosmic history.
When these refugees arrived on Earth, they were significantly taller than the rest of us, and yet they still managed to survive and spread across the globe.
The evidence in favor of giants is overwhelming. The final portion of this video is a guided tour through all the best surviving photographic evidence that exists.
You will also see many different excerpts from credible papers like the New York Times, documenting huge discoveries of giant skeletons. In some cases, the skulls are so large you could slip them over your head.
A discovery on Catalina Island, next to Los Angeles, found over 3,000 giant skeletons all in one burial site alone. These skeletons can often be as tall as 11 to 12 feet -- clearly dwarfing any type of humans we now see on earth.
Much of this data ended up being cut from the book, since we had so much to say that we ran out of space by the time we had hit 500 pages. Therefore, this video is a valuable companion piece to the book - which can now be yours in just over three weeks!
The Illuminati believe they are the descendants of a half-million-year-old race that had originally colonized much of our solar system. See the original NASA photos of the ruins they left behind in this video!
When they first arrived here, they were giants - 12 to 14 feet tall - and had elongated skulls. They quickly took over the planet and interbred with native humans, creating a red and blonde-haired, blue-eyed, white-skinned race.
This civilization originally found ruins from an "Ancient Builder Race" that was much older. Our latest intel is that the Builder ruins may be over two billion years old, and are usually made out of a transparent aluminum alloy.
This video contains a great deal of data and images of giant skeletons that did not make it into the book due to size constraints. There is also significantly more intel in the book than we had time to cram into this one video -- so the two work very well together as companion pieces.
The footage is from David's first professionally-filmed conference in February 2015, where the material for a possible new book was tested in front of a live audience. The talk went over so well that David and the publisher decided to turn it into The Ascension Mysteries!
Varoufakis’ Alert: Financialized Capital May Choose To Support Fascists + On The Need To Re-Boot The World Economy August 12 2016 | From: KiwiWatch / YanisVaroufakis / SOTT
Yanis Varoufakis had the audacity to tell the European banking and political elite something everyone else knows is true. ‘Greece is bankrupt we cannot pay!’ ‘Lets negotiate our way out of this’.
He was forced to resign after being let down by the current Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras who came to power to fight austerity and who folded to German banking demands. His thinking however is clear.
Varoufakis’ alert: financialized capital may choose to support fascists
Eric Draitser sits down with economist, and former Greek finance minister, Yanis Varoufakis to discuss the shifts in the political landscape of both Europe and the US, and what they mean for political activism and progressive politics.
Eric and Yanis discuss the nature of the EU and whether it can be reformed or democratized, as well as the forces at play within it. The conversation also touches on the US election as Yanis and Eric debate the utility of “lesser evil” politics, while also examining the ascendance of the fascist right in Europe and the US, with particular attention to the Brexit vote and its implications.
The bond bubble and potential economic collapse, the long view of the 2008 crisis, the importance of addressing climate change, the necessity of internationalism, and many other topics are discussed in this wide-ranging interview with one of the best economic minds in the world today.
Brexit is also an economic phenomenon. It’s not just a political revolt against the elites, against the EU, against the city of London – the bankers. The main reason why the English, not the British, the English working class voted to get out of the EU, is the slow burning recession.
The fact that living standards in almost every town outside of London, within England is depressed. You walk through city centers in Doncaster, in Leeds, in York and all you find is misery and desperation. A whole working class feels utterly abandoned by the elites, even by the Labor Party, the Social-Democrats, and this is the reason why Brexit won.
The period between 2010 and today can be seen from a Greek perspective as an experiment. Greece was a laboratory in which the globalized/financialized elites experimented with how they would try to deal with a crisis of their own making. And the experiment produced monsters.
One of these monsters is the neo-nazis of Golden Dawn. The Donald Trump experience is also quite intimately connected. The very notion that you have somebody like Trump running as candidate of one of the two major political parties in the US, back in 2010-2012 it would be absurd.
The cruel, vicious austerity policies that were created in the Greek laboratory were then exported to the rest of Europe. This experiment backfired because you can never deal with financial crisis through austerity.
This is one thing we’ve learned from the early 1930s which gave rise to the nazis in Germany. A period of deflation gave rise to the worst kind of xenophobic Right-Wing populism. And this is what we have in the form of the Golden Dawn thugs hitting Greece, Donald Trump in the US, the Right-Wing Brexiters in Britain.
What we have now is a bifurcation, word-wide not just in Greece, we are seeing the formation of two political blocs. One is very similar to the troika of creditors that we had to deal with in Greece last year, who crushed us in the end.
It’s a technocracy of globalized, financial capital, together with bureaucrats that want to spread their wings and power globally.
They also corporate Atlanticists, those who want to utilize brute force in order to become, or remain the policemen of the Cosmos. This political bloc of globalized, financialized Atlanticists have developed a capacity to be more tolerant with minorities, less tolerant with racism, quite relaxed about migration, as long as it doesn’t threaten their political capital.
In opposition to that, we have the xenophobic Populist Right, which is investing on racism, fear and nativist myths about the return to some kind of kingship within the nation-state where you erect walls around your country the riffraff away.
It is this toxic confrontation between the nativists xenophobic Populist Right and the financialized, globalized Atlanticists pack who don’t even know how to stabilize the world that they aspired to create.
This conflict is always going to give rise to rather unpleasant developments for the whole of humanity.
Hillary Clinton never was and never will be part of the Left. The Social-Democrats in Germany are part of the problem, not part of the solution.
We have an opportunity now to cease upon the way this global economic and political crisis is developing, in order to do what we failed to do in the 1930s. In other words, to create a solid, internationalist, progressive bloc that opposes the vicious cycle between the globalization elites and the xenophobic populist reaction to it.
Hillary Clinton is part of the problem. Hillary Clinton run an outrageously, scandalously, sinister campaign against Bernie Sanders. Hillary Clinton is in the pocket of the establishment. Hillary Clinton will probably start another war.
The crisis that hit us in 2008 has never gone away. It is simply transforming itself taking different guises and different parts of the world even within our own countries. One day it’s the crisis of banks, the next day it’s the crisis of real investment, the third day it’s the crisis of deteriorating the jobs’ quality and so on. But the crisis of Capitalism that hit us in 2008, just like the crisis of Capitalism that hit in 1929 did not go away until the beginning of the WWII.
If you look at the 1920s and 1930s, fascism became dominant, hegemonic and took over governments with mass support, only when industrial capital, at some point, in order to stem the rise of the Left Wing that was antithetical to capital’s interests, threw their lot in with the fascists. It was the support of industrialists in Germany and Italy that gave rise to the nazis and the fascist governments.
So far, the establishment, the financialized capital, military-industrial complex and so on, have not thrown the lot in with the fascists movements. It’s what keeping them from power, but we should not take it for granted that this won’t happen and we should be prepared.
For the full ull interview visit: CounterPunch
“The next step in the KM take-down plan for America is to build up a big totalitarian internal police force, which can be turned upon the American Masses to oppress and tyrannize them, when necessary."
On The Need To Re-Boot The World Economy
Interviewed by David de Jong, Bloomberg News
We spoke to Yanis Varoufakis about what it would take to get the global economy back on track and restore investor confidence. As you might expect, he had a very original perspective, and the economics to back it up.
Yanis Varoufakis on the European Constituion, Economic Disintegration and Orwellianism
In this video the former finance minister of Greece and founder of DiEM25 (Democracy in Europe Movement 2025), Yanis Varoufakis, provides us an insight into why the European constitution does not represent the people of Europe and lacks substance.
He also talks about disintegration of the European Union, what forces are driving its demise and how Orwellian language is used to hide this.
Do we have a constitution that represents the voice of the European people?
Could the EU disintegrate in the near future?
What are the observations that are pointing towards a disintegrating European Union?
Is Orwellianism being employed to deceive the population?
These questions and more are addressed in this video.
Obama Signals Trump Will Win August 8 2016 | From: Infowars The Kenyan King resorts to desperation as Hillary falls behind.
If the election was already “in the bag” for Hillary Clinton, President Obama wouldn’t be working overtime to convince the GOP to dump Trump.
Instead, he’d be encouraging Trump to speak out more if his words were helping Hillary – but that’s not the case at all.
Obama is signaling that the globalists are losing and Hillary is falling too far behind for the technocrats to rig the election in her favor.
"The president implored Republicans to un-endorse him and asked what does it say about the Republican party that Trump is their standard bearer,” Real Clear Politics reported. “Obama called on Republicans to repudiate and condemn the party’s nominee.”
In other words, the president is the Wizard of Oz panicking after Trump pulled the curtain to expose the globalists as the evil they are – and not the saviors of humanity they portray themselves to be.
It’s also revealing that Obama made his desperate declaration right after Trump warned the general election is being rigged just like the Democratic nomination, which was rigged in favor of Hillary Clinton – despite the majority of Democrats supporting Bernie Sanders.
"As the leaked DNC emails illustrated, the establishment pre-selected Hillary from the start and the primary process was a complete charade to give the illusion of democratic choice,” Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones stated.
“As the Observer’s Michael Sainato writes, ‘Instead of treating Sanders as a viable candidate for the Democratic ticket, the DNC worked against him and his campaign to ensure Clinton received the nomination.’ The elite chose Hillary before any of the primary votes came in, and vowed to select her regardless of the result.”
“How in any way is this not a rigged process, as Trump rightly pointed out?”
Did Trump just let the genie out of the bottle the globalists won’t be able to put back in? It appears so.
"Government’s been around for as long as history’s been around and I think they’ve exhausted their experimentation,” Ron Paul once said.
“We’ve had some experiments with individual liberty and one great experiment was here and I think right now we’re seeing the fruitions of how we left that experiment in the last 100 years and it continues yet there’s a spirit right now amongst the people who are starting to realize that.”
Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School August 7 2016 | From: StumbleUpon
You’re taught about history, science, and math when you’re growing up. Most of us, however, aren’t taught how to identify or deal with our own emotions, or the emotions of others. These skills can be valuable, but you’ll never get them in a classroom.
Emotional intelligence is a shorthand that psychological researchers use to describe how well individuals can manage their own emotions and react to the emotions of others.
People who exhibit emotional intelligence have the less obvious skills necessary to get ahead in life, such as managing conflict resolution, reading and responding to the needs of others, and keeping their own emotions from overflowing and disrupting their lives. In this guide, we’ll look at what emotional intelligence is, and how to develop your own.
What Is Emotional Intelligence?
Measuring emotional intelligence is relatively new in the field of psychology, only first being explored in the mid-80s. Several models are currently being developed, but for our purposes, we’ll examine what’s known as the “mixed model,” developed by psychologist Daniel Goleman.
Self-awareness: Self-awareness involves knowing your own feelings. This includes having an accurate assessment of what you’re capable of, when you need help, and what your emotional triggers are.
Self-management: This involves being able to keep your emotions in check when they become disruptive. Self-management involves being able to control outbursts, calmly discussing disagreements, and avoiding activities that undermine you like extended self-pity or panic.
Motivation: Everyone is motivated to action by rewards like money or status. Goleman’s model, however, refers to motivation for the sake of personal joy, curiosity, or the satisfaction of being productive.
Empathy: While the three previous categories refer to a person’s internal emotions, this one deals with the emotions of others. Empathy is the skill and practice of reading the emotions of others and responding appropriately.
Social skills: This category involves the application of empathy as well as negotiating the needs of others with your own. This can include finding common ground with others, managing others in a work environment, and being persuasive.
You can read a bit more about these different categories here. The order of these emotional competencies isn’t all that relevant, as we all learn many of these skills simultaneously as we grow. It’s also important to note that, for our purposes, we’ll only be using this as a guide. Emotional intelligence isn’t an area that most people receive formal training in. We’ll let psychologists argue over the jargon and models, but for now let’s explore what each of these mean and how to improve them in your own life.
Before you can do anything else here, you have to know what your emotions are. Improving your self-awareness is the first step to identifying any problem area you’re facing.
Here are some ways to improve your self-awareness:
Keep a journal: Career skill blog recommends starting by keeping a journal of your emotions. At the end of every day, write down what happened to you, how you felt, and how you dealt with it. Periodically, look back over your journal and take note of any trends, or any time you overreacted to something.
Ask for input from others: As we’ve talked about before when dealing with your self-perception, input from others can be invaluable. Try to ask multiple people who know you well where your strengths and weaknesses lie. Write down what they say, compare what they say to each other and, again, look for patterns. Most importantly, don’t argue with them. They don’t have to be correct. You’re just trying to gauge your perception from another’s point of view.
Slow down (or meditate): Emotions have a habit of getting the most out of control when we don’t have time to slow down or process them. The next time you have an emotional reaction to something, try to pause before you react (something the internet makes easier than ever, if you’re communicating online). You can also try meditating to slow your brain down and give your emotional state room to breathe.
If you’ve never practiced intentional self-awareness, these tips should give you a practical head start. One strategy I personally use is to go on long walks or have conversations with myself discussing what’s bothering me. Often, I’ll find that the things I say to the imaginary other end of the conversation can give me some insight into what’s really bugging me. The important aspect is to look inwards, rather than focusing solely on external factors.
Once you know how your emotions work, you can start figuring out how to handle them. Proper self-management means controlling your outbursts, distinguishing between external triggers and internal over-reactions, and doing what’s best for your needs.
One key way to manage your emotions is to change your sensory input. You’ve probably heard the old advice to count to ten and breathe when you’re angry. Speaking as someone who’s had plenty of overwhelming issues with depression and anger, this advice is usually crap (though if it works for you, more power to you).
Lifehacker alum Adam Dachis also recommends funneling emotional energy into something productive. It’s alright to let overwhelming emotions stew inside you for a moment, if it’s not an appropriate time to let them out. However, when you do, rather than vent it on something futile, turn it into motivation instead:
"I recently started playing tennis for fun, knowing that I’d never become exceptional because I began too late in life. I’ve become better and have a very minor talent for the game, so when I play poorly I now know and I get down on myself.
When up against an opponent with far more skill I find it hard to do much else than get angry. Rather than let that anger out, I take note of it and use it to fuel my desire to practice more. Whether in sports, work, or everyday life, we can get complacent with our skill and forget that we always have some room for improvement.
When you start to get mad, get better instead."
You can’t always control what makes you feel a certain way, but you can always control how you react. If you have some impulse control problems, find ways to get help when you’re feeling calm. Not all emotions can be vented away. My struggle with depression taught me that some emotions persist long after the overflow. However, there’s always a moment when those feelings feel a little less intense. Use those moments to seek help.
We talk about motivation a lot. When we’re talking about motivation as it relates to emotional intelligence, however, we don’t just mean getting up the energy to go to work. We’re talking about your inner drive to accomplish something. That drive isn’t just some feel-goody nonsense, either. As Psychology today explains, there’s a section of your prefrontal cortex that lights up at the mere thought of achieving a meaningful goal.
Whether your goal is building a career, raising a family, or creating some kind of art, everyone has something they want to do with their life.When your motivation is working for you, it connects with reality in tangible ways. Want to start a family? Motivated people will start dating. Want to improve your career? Motivated people will educate themselves, apply for new jobs, or angle for a promotion.
Daniel Goleman suggests that in order to start making use of that motivation, you first need to identify your own values. Many of us are so busy that we don’t take the time to examine what our values really are. Or worse, we’ll do work that directly contradicts what we value for so long that we lose that motivation entirely.
Unfortunately, we can’t give you the answer for what it is you want in life, but there are lots of strategies you can try . Use your journal to find times when you’ve felt fulfilled. Create a list of things you value. Most of all, accept the uncertainty in life and just build something. Fitness instructor Michael Mantell, Ph.D suggests that using lesser successes you know you can accomplish. Remember, everyone who’s accomplished something you want to achieve did it slowly, over time.
Your emotions are only one half of all your relationships. It’s the half you focus on the most, sure, but that’s only because you hang out with yourself every day. All the other people that matter to you have their own set of feelings, desires, triggers, and fears. Empathy is your most important skill for navigating your relationships.
Empathy is a life-long skill, but here are some tips you can use to practice empathy:
Shut up and listen: We’re gonna start with the hardest one here, because it’s the most important. You can’t experience everyone else’s lives to fully understand them, but you can listen. Listening involves letting someone else talk and then not countering what they say. It means putting aside your preconceptions or skepticism for a bit and allowing the person you’re talking to a chance to explain how they feel. Empathy is hard, but virtually every relationship you have can be improved at least marginally by waiting at least an extra ten seconds before you retake the conversation.
Take up a contrary position to your own: One of the quickest ways to solidify an opinion in your mind is to argue in favor of it. To counter this, take up a contrary position. If you think your boss is being unreasonable, try defending their actions in your head. Would you find their actions reasonable if you were in their shoes? Even asking the questions of yourself can be enough to start empathizing with another’s point of view (though, of course, getting real answers from others can always help).
Don’t just know, try to understand: Understanding is key to having empathy. As we’ve discussed before, understanding is the difference between knowing something and truly empathizing with it. If you catch yourself saying, “I know, but,” a lot, take that as an indicator that you should pause a bit more. When someone tells you about an experience that’s not your own, take some time to mull over how your life might be different if you experienced that on a daily basis. Read about it until it clicks. It’s okay if you don’t spend all your time devoted to someone else’s life, but putting in just some time—even if it’s idle thought time while you work - can be beneficial.
By definition, empathy means getting in the emotional dirt with someone else. Allowing their experiences to resonate with your own and responding appropriately. It’s okay to offer advice or optimism, but empathy also requires that you wait for the right space to do that. If someone’s on the verge of tears, or sharing some deep pain, don’t make light of it and don’t try to minimize the hurt. Be mindful of how they must feel and allow them space to feel it.
Summing up all social skills in one section of an article would do about as much justice to the topic as if we snuck in a brief explainer on astrophysics. However, the tools you develop in the other four areas will help you resolve a lot of social problems that many adults still wrestle with. As Goleman explains, your social skills affect everything from your work performance to your romantic life:
"Social competence takes many forms – it’s more than just being chatty. These abilities range from being able to tune into another person’s feelings and understand how they think about things, to being a great collaborator and team player, to expertise at negotiation.
All these skills are learned in life. We can improve on any of them we care about, but it takes time, effort, and perseverance. It helps to have a model, someone who embodies the skill we want to improve. But we also need to practice whenever a naturally occurring opportunity arises – and it may be listening to a teenager, not just a moment at work."
You can start with the most common form of social problems: resolving a disagreement. This is where you get to put all your skills to the test in a real-world environment.
We’ve gone into this subject in-depth here , but we can summarize the basic steps:
Identify and deal with your emotions: Whenever you have an argument with someone else, things can get heated. If someone involved is emotionally worked up, deal with that problem first. Take time apart to vent, blow off steam on your own, then return to the problem. In a work environment, this may just mean complaining to a friend before you email your boss back. In a romantic relationship, remind your partner that you care about them before criticizing.
Address legitimate problems once you’re both calm: Once you’re in your right headspace, identify what the conflict is. Before you jump to solutions, make sure you and the other person agree on what the problems really are. Propose solutions that are mutually beneficial and be sympathetic to any concessions the other person may be unwilling to make (but be sure to stand firm on your own).
End on a cooperative note: Whether in business or pleasure, relationships work best when everyone involved knows that they’re on the same page. Even if you can’t end on a positive note, make sure that the last intention you communicate is a cooperative one. Let your boss/coworker/significant other know that you want to work towards the same goal, even if you have different views.
Disputes are best resolved when you know what you want, can communicate it clearly, understand what someone else wants, and come to favorable terms for everyone. If you’ve been paying attention, you’ll notice that this involves every other area of the emotional intelligence model.
The Truth Is Possibly Out There August 3 2016 | From: NewZealandHerald
The following article appeared in the 'New Zealand Herald on Sunday', last Sunday 31 August. In the lead up to David Icke's visit to New Zealand the writer approached a number of New Zealand based people within the 'conspiracy' or 'truthseeker' community. The following is the online version of that article whch was published in print as an illustrated two page spread.
Does an ancient race of reptilian psychos run the world? Paul Little goes inside the world of conspiracy theorists. Confused? Feel like everything's falling part? Wondering why all this weird stuff keeps happening?
David Icke, the eminent conspiracy theorist - or truth seeker, as many who share his interests prefer to be called - is ready to help you make sense of it all, as part of his Worldwide Wakeup Tour, which plays at the Logan Campbell Centre in Auckland next Saturday.
He'll explain that despite the way things appear, our planet is run, as the New Statesman neatly summarised it, by the Archons.
“An ancient race of reptilian psychopaths who have ... blinded humans to the real world".
They are "creating a dystopian society" and an "inverted reality is being broadcast from Saturn via the Moon, which is hollow".
Which possibly raises more questions than it answers.
A conspiracy theory always requires, it should hardly need saying, some organisation. If, for instance, you believe in chemtrails, that's not a conspiracy theory. If you believe they are lines of chemicals laid in the sky for enigmatically evil reasons and there is an organised cover-up of the existence of chemtrails, that is a conspiracy theory.
Their impact can range from the relatively harmless - wondering if you'll bump into not-really-dead Elvis at the Ohope dairy - to downright dangerous [clearly has not read up on that] , such as not vaccinating children because you believe it causes autism.
The problem with conspiracy theories is so few have proved to be conspiracy facts. But enough have to make the concept plausible. Nicky Hager wrote a bestselling book about some.
There was a Watergate cover-up. US authorities did leave 399 African-Americans with syphilis untreated without their knowledge to see what would happen.
But why should we pay good money to listen to Icke and his foreign conspiracy theories when we have perfectly good ones of our own (see below). We're not short of local truth seekers.
Wakeupkiwi.com, contains details of numerous conspiracies, local and imported. Richard became interested in the area as a boy with an imagination fired by reading about dinosaurs and aliens. He started his now labyrinthine site as a repository for documentaries and links he thought like-minded thinkers might be interested in.
“But because of the sheer volume of things that are transpiring it's turned into something it was never meant to be," he says. "I get lost in it myself sometimes."
But he's no conspiracy theorist. That term, he says, was coined by the CIA to describe people who believed there was more to the Kennedy assassination than met the eye and "to make people sound like they were kooks before they opened their mouths".
Associate Professor Marc Wilson of Victoria University's School of Psychology notes that truth-seeking sounds active. Conspiracy theorist "could describe sitting in your mother's basement reading through dodgy websites for something nebulous like a conspiracy".
Wilson surveyed 6000 New Zealanders in 2008 and found people mentally put "conspiracy theorist" alongside "mental patient". "This is due in no small part to the centrality of paranoia as part of the stereotype of the conspiracy theorist," says Wilson.
There's no such thing as a typical truth seeker, says Wakeupkiwi:
“The only common denominator is that they are people who go, 'Why should we just believe everything we are told?'."
But, adds Wilson, people are also more likely to endorse conspiracy theories if they feel anomie, hostility, paranoia, have less formal education, lower income, poorer health, distrust of authority and less happiness.
Radio host Vinny Eastwood is happy to be called a conspiracy theorist.
“Everything is the opposite of what you think it is to a large degree," says Eastwood. "If you think it's a conspiracy theory it's a fact. If you think it's a fact it's made-up nonsense."
Since 2010, Eastwood, who sounds delighted to have been born in conspiracy-significant 1984, has been the Auckland-based host of an eponymous radio show that live-streams here and in the US on American Freedom Radio for two hours twice a week.
Topics in the archive include: "Elites in Fear of White Dragon Society & Gold Standard" and "Psychopaths Infest Every Major Institution! Can We Get Them Out?"
He got into the area in 2004, when introduced to "the comedy of Bill Hicks. And the usage of cannabis. And to conspiracy theories - the first thing I watched was Fahrenheit 9/11", Michael Moore's Bush presidency documentary.
But it was a 300-hour community service sentence for a minor cannabis charge that destroyed his faith in government and authorities and set him on a new course. Eastwood doesn't think issues here are very different from those elsewhere, which is why his show goes down well in the US, where similar challenges are being faced.
"For example, right now there's a big fluoride thing going on where local district councils will have the ability to decide whether we have fluoride put in our water taken out of their hands and put in the hands of the DHBs, which are more or less in the pocket of the Ministry of Health, which are more or less in the pocket of the big pharmaceutical industry, which is more or less in the pocket of the phosphate fertiliser industry which makes the fluoride."
A scarily small number of younger people think the Rainbow Warrior was bombed by agents of a foreign power.
Wakeupkiwi however, believes we are special because our size makes us an ideal testing ground, for example, with Eftpos. "That's why we had it 20 years before it was rolled out in the States."
Jonathan Eisen, editor of Uncensored, which proclaims itself "the best-selling English-language 'alternative' news magazine in the Southern Hemisphere", says New Zealand is like most other countries because we are built the same.
"I discovered a few years ago that New Zealand was a corporation much the same as the US is," says Eisen.
"If you go on the Securities and Exchange Commission website you can find the corporation is owned by another entity - Her Majesty the Queen in right of New Zealand."
The mainstream media, says Eisen, do their bit by self-censoring. When he worked with a flagship TV current affairs series and presented it with research showing the Aids virus was man-made, the journalist he was working with told him: "We can't touch that."
Eisen is 73 and has been seeking the truth from an early age.
"When I was a boy my father was the first one to connect smoking and heart disease and was censored essentially by the Journal of the American Medical Association. And he found out after he published in the Canadian Medical Journal that the AMA journal was financed in large part by the American Tobacco Institute."
Wilson thinks we have a fairly boring conspiracy landscape. Forty per cent have endorsed the All Black poisoning [at the 1995 World Cup], 45 per cent say New Zealand is manipulated by Big Business, and a scarily small number - about 60 per cent - of younger people think the Rainbow Warrior was bombed by agents of a foreign power.
He found rightwingers think there is a political conspiracy to advantage Maori and left wingers think there is one to disadvantage them. As for Icke, the likes of Montgomerie and Eisen are circumspect when it comes to endorsing his claims the Queen is a reptilian shape-shifter, among other things.
But, says Eisen
“Rather than disparage him I celebrate that he can open up new avenues for discussion that are sometimes way outside the dominant paradigm and our comfort zone, my own included, but that doesn't mean I don't take him seriously.
So much of his work, especially with regard to the power of the so-called elites, has borne fruit."
Writing in The Guardian, New York-based psychologist and science writer Rob Bretherton says Icke's view of things:
“As wild as it sounds, is kind of a hopeful message in that it is saying: 'Yes, there is a lot of stuff wrong with the world but we can put our finger on who's responsible and what's responsible for it and then we can do something about it'."
Frank (not his real name), a 33-year-old IT worker, whose conspiracy consciousness was raised by the documentary 9/11: In Plane Sight, worries that's not good enough:
“There's a subset of people within the truth-seeking community that will grab hold of anything with both hands," says Frank.
"They play into the hands of the elite. When those wacky theories get momentum it makes it easy to discredit the rest."
Nevertheless, says Montgomerie;
“The cat's out of the bag. A lot of people have put their lives on the line to expose the bigger picture. There is a big push for disclosure of everything. It's going to be messy for a while, but it's inevitable."
As well as the idea conspiracy theories offer hope things will be remedied, they also provide comfort by absolving us from feeling we should be in control. How can we be if we don't know what forces are secretly controlling that world?
But for some it's all too hard. Frank has stopped thinking about it so much.
“If you follow the money far enough you'll come to the people pulling the strings. And if you think about that too much and the decisions those people make and the world they've created. I got to a point where I was starting to get depressed thinking about this."
"Perhaps ignorance is bliss."
Made in New Zealand
An area of Northland's Waipoua forest has been sealed off by DoC because it contains megalithic structures that prove the existence of a pre-Maori civilisation, according to US-born archeo-astronomist Martin Doutre, who made the claims in his book Ancient Celtic New Zealand.
Prime Minister Norman Kirk was assassinated by the Trilateralist Commission - a shadow world Government. Part of a much bigger global conspiracy you can read about in The Opal File on wakeupkiwi.com.
The Rothschild cartel, a global banking organisation, attacked Christchurch with earthquake weaponry causing the Canterbury catastrophes, according to extensive exposition at thecontrail.com
Mind control through TV broadcasts was trialled through a transmitter in Hawkes Bay, according to Wakeupkiwi.
Rapper Tupac Shakur was not killed in 1996 but escaped to New Zealand where he lives undercover. This was a hoax a hacker group managed to get on to the website of US broadcaster PBS.
John Key wanted a new flag without the Union Jack because that would have concentrated more power in his hands by diminishing the authority of the Queen. See Due Authority: A Very Silent Coup at postmanproductions.org.
10 Habits Of The Happiest People In The World August 2 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview
The biggest question today amidst so much development and progress is still regarding the basic human desire to be happy. Stress and anxiety seem to have become our constant companions.
Yet, amidst all of this exist those who know how to be happy – how to get over troubles and find peace.
According to Lifehack, Sean Kim, the Founder of RyeApp, an app which simplifies learning languages, wrote about the habits of the happiest people in the world:
1. Living for the moment.
Focusing on the little joys of everyday life is one way to find happiness. The happiest people are content with the things they can control, despite the troubles they may be facing.
If you don’t have something to look forward to, you only look back.
3. Having patience.
Besides dreaming, one must also have the patience to see it through. Many happy people enjoy this journey and watch themselves grow. They understand that the best things happen to those who are patient and hooked – this could include hard-work for a promotion or being patient with your partner to sustain a relationship.
4. Spending on memories and not objects.
You just bought yourself an expensive earring for a party but you were so focused on it that you missed out on the fun. It doesn’t matter how expensive a car you bought – it’s the ride that makes a difference.
The writer quotes Marc and Angel who said, “experiential purchases” bring happiness mostly because they can be reminisced later and also since they usually lead to socialization with people we love.
5. Being surrounded by happy people.
“You are the average of the five people around you”, said Jim Rohn. Who and what surrounds us determines the way we feel, what we do, what decisions we make and so on. It might seem a little selfish but cutting out the negative people from your life is an important step towards happiness. You don’t have to be rude – just spend less time with these folks.
6. Having the desire to grow.
Sean makes note of Carol Dweck’s book ‘Mindset’, where she explains that successful people have a “growth mindset” while others have the “fixed mindset”. The latter want to achieve an “affirmation of their intelligence”.
The successful on the other hand, are not deterred by failure or mistakes and know how to learn from them in order to move ahead. Dweck concluded after a long study that those with a growth mindset succeeded in class, in relationships and in other aspects of their lives too.
Happy people know they are living in abundance so they are always willing to “give”. They donate, volunteer, love more and spend more time with those who need it. The tendency to give more than they receive makes them happier.
Psychologist Peter Kramer says that being resilient is the opposite of being depressed. Human beings are bound to face challenges. Happy people know that they must bounce back from it in order to find happiness. They embrace the fight so they can welcome the results with open arms.
9. Saving some alone time, every day.
Yes, it is important to spend time with others and to “give”, but that shouldn’t occupy your entire day.
There must be some time that you must spend on your own – perhaps reading, working out or simply lying down and day dreaming. You can learn something new or give your day’s activities a thought.
Think of Stephen Hawkings. Despite such a disease, he has given the world new theories and changed our perception in many ways. He has found a new method to communicate. Similarly, people who are truly happy are always on the lookout for new experiences and things they can learn.
Anonymous Hackers Take 9 Rothschild Central Banks Offline July 31 2016 | From: YourNewsWire The Anonymous campaign against the global banking cartel, OpIcarus: Shut Down The Banks, is gaining momentum as nine Rothschild owned central banks were taken offline after the hacking collective identified the global financial system as the “power behind the throne” of the New World Order, and issued a global call to arms to fight the financial system that is enslaving us.
According to a video released in conjunction with OpIcarus, the attack on Bank of Greece marked the beginning of a “30-day campaign against central bank sites across the world.” This massive push, according to the video, aims to “strike at the heart of [the] empire by once again throw[ing] a wrench into the machine.”
In some of the most recent attacks over the weekend, hackers reportedly targeted the Central Bank of the Dominican Republic, the Dutch Central Bank, the Central Bank of Maldives, and Guernsey Financial Services Commission, according to the official @OpIcarus Twitter account.
“We are enslaved within a matrix of institutions with the illusion that each stands alone, fighting for power, for profits, for the scraps on the table that represent humanities dwindling resources.
In reality however, these institutions – the arms industries, banking and other financial institutions, government intelligence agencies and countless others, have formed what was once a clandestine coalition whose corruption, and avarice have become increasingly transparent due to WikiLeaks and to the efforts of Anonymous.
This coalition seeks the preservation and the perpetuation of the powers that be, and this octopus operates through the tentacles of the IMF, the Federal Reserve, and the World Bank, masterminded by think-tanks such as the Bilderberg group, and the Council on Foreign Relations.
But where does the power behind the throne lie? Within the global financial system, centered within the New York Stock Exchange, and Bank of England,” the manifesto reports.
The National Bank of Panama and the Central Bank of Kenya were also reportedly targeted a day later, according to hacking news publication HackRead.
What began as an Anonymous operation has now become a joint op between Anonymous and the GhostSquadHackers, with reported GSH member, s1ege tweeting about taking the Central Bank of Bosnia-Herzegovina offline and providing a screenshot to verify.
The twitter account @BannedOffline also reported the Central Bank of Mexico had succumbed to a DDoS attack by the hacking collective.
Anonymous has released a list of institutions the collective plans to target, which is divided into four sections; websites associated with the U.S. Federal Reserve, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), sites owned by the World Bank, and over 150 sites associated with national banks around the globe.
Thus far, in less than a week, OpIcarus hackers have now hit ten of the financial institutions they’ve listed in an online manifesto, but questions remain as to whether these elite hackers will be able to bypass the intense security measures of the more prestigious institutions on their target list.
New Study: 528Hz Sound "Miraculously" Cleaned Oil Polluted Water In The Gulf Of Mexico July 28 2016 | From: 528Records
A series of sounds played to oil polluted water from the Gulf of Mexico has “miraculously” cleared test samples of the deadly petrochemicals, says a well known Canadian researcher.
According to John Hutchinson, an electro-magnetic energy expert from Vancouver, B.C., Canada, a selection of “music” has helped purify poisoned water.
The frequencies included the “sound of Jupiter,” recently recorded by NASA, vibrating close to 528Hz frequency.
That sound energy has been determined to match the color greenish-yellow--the heart of the rainbow, the electromagnetic color spectrum, celebrated by the botanical world, according to Dr. Leonard Horowitz, who has published most on that pure tone. Nature obviously celebrates that shade, the pigment chlorophyll, to produce oxygen and energy needed for life.
According to Dr. Horowitz, Hutchinson’s study results are most promising, as they were certified by the Analytical Chemical Testing Laboratory, Inc. of Mobile, Alabama, and are consistent with studies and predictions based on the most advanced discoveries in mathematics, physics, and biophysics.
528Hz frequency, the “Miracle” note of original Solfeggio musical scale, is only one of nine “core creative frequencies” in a “Perfect Circle of Sound” that animates physical reality, like atomic energy technology, using spinning electrons vibrating with electro-resonance.
This is an image of one of the most perfect, detailed, pure water crystals ever photographed. It formed to reflect the sound of the sun.
In 2009, researcher David Sereda sent Dr. Horowitz NASA recordings of the sun along with this crystallograph produced by researchers in Russia. Later, Dr. Horowitz compared the sound of the sun, and jupiter to the pure tones of “The Perfect Circle of Sound” frequencies, including 528Hz. The Harvard trained public health expert noted 528Hz was most obviously harmonic to both recordings.
Dr. Horowitz believes 528Hz is also fundamental to “LOVE”—the “Universal Healer;” and he recommends combining the frequency of “LOVE/528,” with the “Universal Solvent” - Water - to advance “the future of medicine” - LOVE Hydrosonics.
To this end, the award winning author and film-maker publishes two online journals Hydrosonics, that discusses the powerful impacts of sounds on water, and Medical Veritas, heralding advances in natural ways to end pollution and advance healing.
John Hutchison, is a well known scientist best known for examining The Bermuda Triangle, and explaining strange occurrences in this infamous area of the Atlantic ocean, called the “Hutchison-Effect,” all associated with electromagnetic disturbances of unknown origin. The Canadian Government has persecuted Hutchinson heavily over the years, the last time for supposedly causing his neighbor to levitate without consent.
Hutchinson’s partner, Nancy Lazaryan, a journalist from Minnesota, said their research was “intuited” to include the 528Hz sound that they observed causing oxygen to bubble up heavily from the bottom of the oil soaked Gulf and Perdido Bay, between Florida and Alabama.
The couple started their research requesting samples of polluted Gulf water be sent to Hutchison's lab in Vancouver. There, Hutchison and Lazaryan experimented using ancient Solfeggio sounds and Gregorian chant frequences that have been traditionally used for healing. The frequencies were applied to several polluted water samples using audio and radio waves, with wonderful results.
So Hutchison and Lazaryan packed up their lab equipment, borrowed a trailer, and farm truck, and traveled from Canada to the Gulf. Their chemical analysis from their first "open air frequencies" experiments in Perdido Bay proved to them that, “the Gulf water can be healed.”
To date, the federal government has relied on the deadly oil dispersant, Corexit, a Goldman Sach/Boots & Coots chemical causing a lot of people, and wildlife, to get sick and die.
Alternatively, Hutchinson and Lazaryan recommend a harmonic "stream of sound" to completely purify the polluted water. The couple claims the inspiration for these harmonics came from the Essenes, a sect of Israel where Jesus was a member. The Essenes "inner circle" taught the "stream of sound" as part of the Creator’s power to create.
The 528 hz tone is known by the ancients to be a "healing frequency," and many people believe it can be used to repair damaged DNA. Most recently, Dr. Horowitz, working with mathematician Marko Rodin, advanced the mathematical relationship to genetic structuring, as DNA segments reflect Rodin’s “infinity pattern,” that others predict will revolutionize everything. (click here for a Youtube presentation on this knowledge.)
In 2009, Dr. Horowitz produced Live H2O: Concert for the Living Water, in which groups from 72 countries participated by singing and chanting in 528Hz, praying for all polluted water to be blessed worldwide.
One of the honorees at LIVE H2O was Dr. Masaru Emoto who conducted years of research sending purifying intentions and “LOVE/528Hz frequency vibrations into water with astonishing results published in dozens of languages and two New York Times bestselling books.
Dr. Emoto actually filmed the molecular structure of the water changing from disorganized arrays of crystals in polluted water, into beautiful snowflake formations included visible “messages” as through the water was actually “conscious.”
Dr. Horowitz, among Dr. Emoto’s leading scientific supporters, explains this metaphysically by relating the power of LOVE in human hearts to the power of the Creator to respond to prayer and heart-felt loving intentions to heal the world and be helpful to one another.
Hutchison and Lazaryan, likewise, are hoping to bless the planet with their new discoveries in the Gulf of Mexico.
"We declare PEACE," says Lazaryan, "the war upon the Gulf is over."
Peace Foundation Project To Get Peer Mediation In Every School In NZ July 26 2016 | From: NewZealandPeaceFoundation The Peace Foundation is the operating name of the Foundation for Peace Studies Aotearoa / New Zealand Inc. - Te Tuapapa Rongomau o Aotearoa.The Peace Foundation is a not for profit organisation working to build peaceful relationships among people of all ages and cultures, from personal to global through education, research and action.
The director of Platoon, Wallstreet and JFK was at Comic-Con 2016 in San Diego to discuss his new movie Snowden. Considering the topic of the movie, the panel were discussing the NSA, online privacy and government surveillance.
And could you let your network know about this too? Every small bit helps, and adding your name to that of Louisa Wall MP, Mayor Celia Wade Brown and Jeanette Fitzsimons helps to encourage others to follow your lead.
The work we do is the kind of educational training that a progressive Government should finance given it contributes to peaceful communities, whanau and schools, something that reaches into the very soul of Aotearoa New Zealand, does it not?
What else can we do to realise our target and help reduce crime, violence and aggression around our country?
With 24 days to go we have raised just over $24,000 with pledges made just recently. We won't get a cent of it if we don't raise $150,000 by14 August.
Our desirable goal is to raise $300,000 so that we can get peer mediation into a further 160 schools around the country and develop a project to get it to every single school, realising the peaceful Aotearoa NZ that drives you and me and so many others.
Latest update - With 23 days to go, 50 generous donors have pledged $24,399.50 And we have just received some FANTASTIC news!!! If we can raise further pledges of $125,603.50, a private donor has offered to TOP THIS UP WITH A PLEDGE OF $150,030 to reach our big goal of $300,033!
Which means we can roll out our peer mediation trainings to a further 160 schools AND develop a project with partners to reach every single school in New Zealand.
Please continue to share this initiative to your network, and ask your friends, your neighbours, the fellow passenger in the bus, or next to you in an Auckland traffic jam (or wherever you are in New Zealand or the world) to make a pledge for peace!
WikiLeaks Founder Julian Assange Says His Next Leak Will virtually Guarantee An Indictment Of Hillary Clinton July 25 2016 | From: ScienceIsConsent
In a recent interview with ITV, Assange said the whistleblowing website will soon be leaking documents that will provide “enough evidence” for the Department of Justice to indict the presumptive Democratic nominee.
WikiLeaks has already published 30,322 emails from Clinton’s private email server, spanning from June 30, 2010 to August 12, 2014. While Assange didn’t specify what exactly was in the emails, he did tell ITV that WikiLeaks had “accumulated a lot of material about Hillary Clinton, which could proceed to an indictment.”
The founder Sharon Tennison has focused on making people-people connections including the business community, Rotary clubs, etc..This delegation was organized because of concern about escalating international tensions and the danger of a drift toward world threatening military conflict.
Assange hinted that the emails slated for publication contain additional information about the Clinton Foundation. He also reminded ITV’s Robert Peston that previously released emails contained one damning piece of communication from Clinton, instructing a staffer to remove the classification settings from an official State Department communication and send it through a “nonsecure” channel.
In regard to the ongoing FBI investigation, however, Assange expressed a lack of confidence in the Obama administration’s Justice Department to indict the former Secretary of State.
“[Attorney General Loretta Lynch] is not going to indict Hillary Clinton. It’s not possible that could happen. But the FBI could push for new concessions from the Clinton government in exchange for its lack of indictment.”
WikiLeaks has long been a thorn in the side of the former Secretary of State, who called on President Obama to prosecute the whistleblowing site after its 2010 leak of State Department cables. Julian Assange remains confined to the Ecuadorian Embassy in downtown London, as Ecuador has promised to not hand over the WikiLeaks founder to US authorities.
Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong July 21 2016 | From: WakingTimes
Evidence Found Across the Globe of Highly Evolved Human Species from before the Ice Age, Demand Scientific Recognition of our Past that Depicts Societies of Advanced Technology and Culture.
Houston anthropologist, Dr. Semir Osmanagich, founder of the Bosnian Archaeology Park, the most active archaeology site in the world, declares that irrefutable scientific evidence exists of ancient civilizations with advanced technology that leaves us no choice but to change our recorded history.
An examination of the age of structures across the earth reveals conclusively that they were built by advanced civilizations from over 29,000 years ago.
“Acknowledging that we are witness to fundamental proof of advanced civilizations dating back over 29,000 years and an examination of their societal structures forces the World to reconsider its understanding of the development of civilization and history,” explains Dr. Semir Osmanagich.
“Conclusive data at the Bosnian Pyramid site revealed in 2008 and confirmed this year by several independent labs who conducted radio carbon testing dates the site at 29,400 +/-400 years minimum.”
The radiocarbon dating tests of 29,200 years +/- 400 years was done by Radiocarbon Lab from Kiew, Ukraine, on organic material found at the Bosnian Pyramid site. Physicist Dr. Anna Pazdur of Poland’s Silesian University first announced the news at a Press Conference in Sarajevo in August of 2008.
Professor of Classical Archaeology from the University of Alexandria Dr. Mona Haggag called this discovery “writing new pages in European and World history.”
The C14 date of 29,000 years at the Bosnian Archaeological Park was obtained from a piece of organic material retrieved from a clay layer inside the outer casing to the pyramid. It follows a sample date obtained during the 2012 dig season on material located above the concrete at 24,800 years, meaning this structure has a construction profile stretching back almost 30,000 years.
“The ancient people who built these pyramids knew the secrets of frequency and energy. They used these natural resources to develop technologies and undertake construction on scales we have never witnessed on earth,” said Dr. Osmanagich.
Evidence clearly shows that the pyramids were built as ancient energy machines aligned with the earth’s energy grid, providing energy for healing as well as power.
Ancient historians in the US have news just as astonishing as anything found in the far corners of the globe. For instance, the Rockwall discovery outside of Dallas, Texas, is only one example of how we are now re-examining ancient mysteries to reveal more about our past, right in the United States.
H2 (History 2) popular series Unearthing Ancient America recently filmed an episode about the Rockwall that will air later this year. The Texas site is a complex and massive wall ten miles in diameter built over 20,000 years ago and covered by soil seven stories below the ground.
The question is by whom was this structure built and for what purpose and, most importantly, how can knowledge left by these past civilizations help shape our future?
Newly-revealed or rediscovered traces of ancient civilizations have ignited an innate curiosity about human origins as reflected by recent coverage in mainstream media and TV. The November 2013 issue of National Geographic: 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed-Ancient Civilizations Unearthed says;
“Sometimes cultures leave behind mysteries that baffle those who come after them, from standing stones to coded manuscripts, indications that ancient people indeed had a profound purpose.”
Forward-thinking scientists continue to pursue knowledge from our past that is useful to determine a better future. Renowned author Michal Cremo in his book Forbidden Archeology theorizes that knowledge of advanced Homo-sapiens has been suppressed or ignored by the scientific establishment because it contradicts the current views of human origins that don’t agree with the dominant paradigm.
Cremo’s body of work has been described as “a useful teaching resource, raising a wide range of issues covering aspects of knowledge transfer, sure to be provocative in the classroom.” It has been reviewed with widespread appraisal by hundreds of academic journals.
Gobekli Tepe in Eastern Turkey
Results clearly indicate that similar advanced civilizations of humans were present all across the globe at that time in history. For example, Gobekli Tepe located in Eastern Turkey, is a vast complex of enormous megalithic stone circles with a radius of between 10 and 20 meters, much larger than the well-known Stonehenge in Great Britain.
Excavations at Gobekli Tepe that began there in 1995 revealed radio carbon dating at least 11,600 years. German archaeologist Dr. Klaus Schmidt from the German Archaeological Institute, Berlin, Germany, with the support of ArchaeoNova Institute from Heidelberg, Germany, has led the excavation of these recently-discovered pre-historic megalithic circles at the Turkey location.
“Gobekli Tepe is one of the most fascinating Neolithic locations in the world,” Dr. Klaus Schmidt claims. But as he explains in a recent report, to understand the new finds, archaeologists need to work closely with specialists in comparative religion, architectural and art theory, cognitive and evolutionary psychology, sociologists using social network theory, and others.
“It is the complex story of the earliest, large settled communities, their extensive networking, and their communal understanding of their world, perhaps even the first organized religions and their symbolic representations of the cosmos,” as reported by Klaus Schmidt.
In addition to the megalithic structures, figures and carvings have been discovered, depicting animals of pre historic nature such as dinosaurs and other wild life. Since excavations started in 1995, four of the circles have been partially cleaned, but it is thought that there are a total of up to 50 circles hidden underground.
These vast monoliths, soaring seven meters in height and 25 tons in mass at Gobekli Tepe, are situated right in the heart of what we perceive as the origin of civilization. This find offers new guidance to the true history of earth and our ancient civilizations.
“Our archaeological research goal is not to simply uncover all of the megalithic circles but to try to figure out their purpose,” adds Schmidt.
Bosnian Pyramid Now in Eighth Year: Proof of Advanced Civilizations from over 30,000 years ago
The Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids now in the eighth year of excavation spans six square kilometers in the Visoko River Basin 40km northwest of Sarajevo. Comprised of four ancient pyramids almost three times the size of Giza and an extensive subterranean pyramid tunnel complex, new discoveries each year continue to reveal proof of a much different history of mankind on earth.
The central pyramid of the Sun rises a colossal 420 meters in to the air and has a mass of millions of tons. By comparison the Great pyramid of Cheops (Khufu) in the Giza plateau is 146 meters high, making the Bosnian Pyramids the largest and oldest known pyramids on the planet.
Since research began at the Bosnian site, Dr. Osmanagich has amazed the scientific and archaeological community by gathering a team of interdisciplinary engineers, physicists and researchers from around the world to conduct open and transparent investigation of the site to try and discover the true nature and purpose of this pyramidal complex.
“This is an unknown culture presenting highly-advanced arts and sciences, technology capable of forming truly massive structures and we believe in that process demonstrating an ability to harness pure energy resources,” comments Tim Moon, who has recently joined Osmanagich as lead archeologist at the Bosnian site.
The archaeological project delivered another significant finding this year in the pyramid tunnel complex known as Ravine. Tunneling deep into a ridge line leading toward the Pyramid of the Sun the team has unearthed several megalith stones.
Oh yeah, that one was definitely made with ropes and pulleys too. Sigh.
In August an enormous stone estimated at 25,000 kgs was uncovered approximately 400 meters into the labyrinth. “This is a hugely significant find,”comments Moon. “Here we have a massive stone, possibly a constructed ceramic, buried under hundreds of thousands of tons of material.
We are locating foundation walls around its perimeter and cut stone blocks.” Large quantities of artifacts have been recovered from the associated tunnels leading to the site, including effigies painted on stone, art objects and a series of hieroglyphics or ancient texts carved into the tunnel walls.
Dr. Osmangich stresses that it is time for open sharing of knowledge so we can understand and learn from our past.
“It is time for us to open our minds to the true nature of our origin and destruction of each other as a civilization on this planet. Our mission here is to realign science with spirituality in order to progress as a species, and this demands a clear path of shared knowledge.”
Visitors are welcome to the Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids and its Foundation offers a volunteer program each dig season, running June to September.
To hear Dr. Sam’s interview on Lost Knowledge go here.
The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees July 21 2016 | From: UpliftConnect
Seven amazing facts you may not know: Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time. Watching their cycles of growth, shedding of leaves, and re-flowering in the spring, people have long perceived trees as powerful symbols of life, death, and renewal.
We look to them for inspiration when we need grounding energy, as their roots descending deep into the Earth remind us of our own connection to and dependence on our planet for stability and life. Trees live for hundreds or even thousands of years, and so we revere them as keepers of past secrets and sentinels of the future.
Forests cover one-third of the Earth’s landmass. They provide a home to at least 80% of land-based plants, animals, and insects. Trees are one of our main defenses against climate change, as they balance our air by absorbing carbon dioxide from human activities and turning it into oxygen; they also protect watersheds by holding our soil in place.
In honor of the International Day of Forests on March 21, here are seven incredible facts about the hidden life of trees.
tree1Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time.
1. Pando, or the Trembling Giant
Pando is a grove of approximately 47,000 quaking aspen trees in Utah. This remarkable group of trees is considered a single organism, because all the trees share a single root system and each tree is genetically identical. New trees are produced by sprouting from the massive parent root system. It is estimated that Pando has been alive at least 80,000 years, making it one of the oldest living things on the planet.
Consider that when this tree colony first sprouted from the ground, humans would still not arrive on North America for another 50,000 years. In some parts of the planet, Neanderthal people were still 30,000 years from going extinct. The 106-acre grove of trees has seen unimaginable changes, living through the ice age and at times being completely burnt down above ground, but surviving and renewing itself below ground.
Pando treesThe stunning pando trees
2. More than 25% of Western pharmaceuticals originate in rainforest plants.
There are 3,000 plants currently recognized by the U.S. National Cancer Institute as active against cancer cells, and 70% of these come from rainforests. Perhaps this is why the shamans of the Amazon believe that for every human ailment, the rainforest holds a cure.
And yet, only 1% of all rainforest plants have actually been studied (by modern science) for medicinal purposes. Imagine how many valuable healing plants are destroyed or even made extinct as the rainforests are cleared at a rate of 1.5 acres per second. Due to rainforest destruction, the Earth loses approximately 137 species of plants, animals, and insects per day.
3. Not all rainforests are in tropical zones.
The Pacific Temperate Rainforest is the largest remaining coastal temperate rainforest on Earth. It is situated along the Pacific Coast and stretches from Northern California up to the Prince William Sound in Alaska. It is characterized by high amounts of rainfall, more than 10 feet per year in some areas; and in many places the forest grows right up to the shoreline. It includes the Great Bear Rainforest in western Canada, home to the Spirit Bear, a rare subspecies of black bear with a white coat.
A National Geographic article about the Great Bear Rainforest states: “Grizzlies, black bears, wolves, wolverines, humpback whales, and orcas thrive along a coast that has been home to First Nations like the Gitga’at for hundreds of generations. It’s a spooky, wild, mysterious place: There are wolves here that fish. Deer that swim. Western red cedar trees that have stood a thousand years or more. And a black bear that is white.”
Alt text hereSpirit bear in the Great Bear Rainforest
4. In many cultures, it is believed that hugging a tree releases negative energy from the human body.
Many people believe that trees, like humans and all living things, possess an energetic vibration and an aura. Because trees’ vibrations are slower and deeply connected to the Earth through their roots, connecting with trees can help us to feel safe, secure, and stable.
Most would agree that a walk in the forest or even simply gazing at a tree provides a deep feeling of peace and serenity, and can be emotionally and psychologically healing.
5. People in Malaysia maintain a very intimate relationship with trees.
Among the Sng’oi indigenous people, a person and a tree can belong together, and this relationship is maintained for life. When a person belongs with a tree, they also belong with its offspring: any trees that grow from the seeds of the first tree, no matter how far they become scattered.
Also in Malaysia, trees are planted around houses so closely that the walls of the homes may give way to the growing roots. In the graveyards, the trees are allowed to take root into graves, and it is said that the trees whisper prayers to the creator asking for the forgiveness of sins of those buried in that place.These practices speak to an ancient knowing that people and trees are intimately interconnected throughout life and forever in history.
Hugging a tree can release negative energy from the bodyHugging a tree can release negative energy from the body
6. Trees are literally saving our lives every day.
A July 2014 study showed that trees prevent $6.8 billion per year in averted health costs annually, just in the United States. It is estimated that by removing massive amounts of air pollution through their leaves, trees “prevented 850 human deaths and 670,000 cases of acute respiratory symptoms in 2010 alone.”
Studies show that trees in urban areas are removing 4 to 8 times the pollution from the air as their equivalents in rural areas. This highlights the importance of planting trees everywhere we possibly can, and especially in highly-populated areas where pollution is highest.
Trees are saving our livesTrees are an important part of our lives
7. Trees in a forest communicate with one another through underground networks.
Trees are connected below the ground by mycorrhizal fungi, which live symbiotically with the roots of the trees. Both the trees and the fungi need each other to survive. But that’s not all. Because the fungi essentially connect the roots of one tree to another, the trees can use the fungi to pass nutrients to one another.
So, for example, in winter when aspens are weaker, nearby conifers were found to pass additional nutrients to the aspens to keep them healthy. Similarly, older, more-established trees pass nutrients through the fungi to young seedlings which need to grow larger toward the sun’s light in order to survive. The largest, oldest trees in the forest serve as the hub because they possess and produce large amounts of resources, and their massive roots spread out in all directions.
When one tree is attacked by insects, it distributes pheromonal chemicals through the fungi beneath the soil to warn nearby trees of a possible attack so the other trees can prepare by changing the chemical makeup of their leaves. The fungal networks also strengthen the immune systems of the trees.
So not only do different species of trees help each other out in the forest, but fungi and even other types of plants join the underground network and communicate together to support the health of the entire ecosystem. There is documented proof that when a tree is dying, it releases its resources into the root networks so that its neighbors can benefit from the nourishment that it will no longer need - it is making the ultimate sacrifice.
Trees communicate with each other below the groundTrees communicate with each other below the ground
Natural, Sacred and Wild
In closing, here is a beautiful poem written by Clare Dakin of TreeSisters, which will help you to deepen your connection with trees and with all of nature:
Let the birds take your clothes
Let the waves undo your holding back
Let the vines unravel your tired mind
And the earth savour your sweat and tears.
Let your stories burn off like rising mist,
As your past and the false floors of curbed self love
Dissolve into butterfly wings and fire flies
As your edges blur and your Planetary Self ignites.
Let the trees bathe your breath
Let the meadows embrace you
Let the mountains and the bees remind you
Let the sky flood in and allow the clouds to guide you.
Let your undoing be as total
As your becoming is beautiful –
And when the living world has climbed inside
Enough for you to feel four legs, scales and wings.
May you finally know yourself alive as all things –
Indivisible and responsible
Reborn into wholeness
Natural, Sacred and Wild
~ Clare Dakin
MMS Does Not CureStupidity July 20 2016 | From: JimHumble / MMSnews
You might say to yourself, “well, that is a different topic”. Yes, it is and let me explain to you why I feel I needed to write about this topic.
First of all, we at the Genesis II Church have the ability to “cure”, “heal” and “treat” 95+% of the world's diseases effectively and permanently! This is contrary to the “mainstream medical” procedures which only “treat” symptoms and are not in the business to cure anything!
Did you see what I just wrote? Did it sink in? If what I am saying is true then the people that trust the medical system to “cure” them of any disease are wasting their time! The whole system is set up to keep you as a client, i.e. “sick your entire life and dependent on their system”. To me, for a person to trust a system like that is pure STUPIDITY. MMS cannot cure stupidity!
The definition of “stupid” is lacking thought or intelligence. Example: I just made another stupid mistake.
Another definition of “stupid” is silly or unwise; showing poor judgment or little intelligence: Example: She was really stupid to quit her job like that. (Source)
I am not calling anyone stupid but, the action of trusting a system that cannot, will not and does not want to cure anything, is plain stupid!
Now, you might say, well, that is a little harsh and people just don't know, so they are not stupid but “ignorant” of the truth. Well, that might be correct in principle but in reality, if a person is trusting his or her life to a system that is profiting by people being sick then that is not ignorance but stupidity to me.
Every day people see the population worldwide becoming sicker and sicker. How many of us have seen friends and relatives die slow painful deaths due to mainstream medical procedures? It is not ignorance when we all see it every day.
The problem is people are lazy and do not want to take control of their own health so, they transfer the control of their most precious gift and commodity they have -LIFE- to a “medical doctor”.
The words “medical doctor” are not synonymous with truth and science.
In our world people today “revere”, “respect” and even “worship” anyone that is called a “medical doctor”. Although, I believe people that have worked hard to achieve a certain degree deserve the recognition for their hard work, I don't believe that they should be “blindly” followed or believed as having all truth when it comes to health.
I am NOT saying that a man or woman that is studying “medicine” are not smart individuals. No, just the contrary. They are some of the smartest people I have known on an intellectual level. The “truth” is they “sincerely” believe what they have been taught is the truth, but they are “sincerely wrong”!
The sad story is a medical doctor has been trained in a profession that DOES NOT have, as its goal, to cure ANY disease but to control symptoms of disease. This is taught in every government approved medical school in the world. “Government approved” medical schools are nothing more than medical schools that are controlled by the same people that own the pharmaceutical companies!
You see all the above facts and you still trust the pharmaceutical / medical industry? How about the fact that the Rockefeller family has ownership of every drug company in the world
There is a controversial movie called, “Vaxxed” that exposes how the MMR vaccine is linked to autism. The information is good about the CDC hiding data but the message from the producer is just plain “stupid”!
He states that parents should wait until the 3rd year before their child receives the MMR vaccine. A child should never receive this vaccine no matter what the age! This idea of getting the vaccine in the 3rd year is STUPID! MMS cannot cure this kind of stupidity!
Again, I am not calling anyone stupid, only the actions of people I am calling stupid. Can you see why I would say this? Ask yourself if you are acting stupid in regard to your health? Every person on earth needs to “take control” of his or her health! Each person needs to do their “due diligence”, meaning research it out and see what is best for his or her personal health.
I guarantee that poisoning the body with medicines, toxic chemicals and unhealthy foods is not the way. This is the “allopathic” method taught and used in 95% of the world's medical systems! You have to look elsewhere to find how to restore and maintain health. Here is a guy, Donald, that just left our Colombia Health Restoration Center. He had done his due diligence and after 10 years finally found what helped him when all other methods he tried failed!
Another way to do your own “due diligence” and “take control” of your own health is to take the Genesis II Church On line Video Course.
Here you can not only learn how to start using MMS and the G2 sacraments that “cure” 95% of the world's diseases but learn “how to make MMS” in your own home! We now have over 1750 “health ministers” worldwide in over 120 countries! Join us and help us change the world!
Send your family and friends this link to help them understand what the Genesis II Church of Health and Healing is doing worldwide with MMS and its Sacramental protocols: www.QuantumLeap.is
It has helped a lot of people decide to do their own “due diligence” in regard to restoring or maintaining their health!
We are changing the world by the 10's of 1,000's
Archbishop Mark S. Grenon
Have you or anyone you know had good results with MMS? Please share a testimony at our MMS Testimonials site: Write a testimony.
A total of 223 children have been recovered (ATEC score of 10 or below,) using the CD Autism parasite protocol published in Kerri Rivera´s new book Healing the Symptoms Known as Autism available here. CD stands for Chlorine Dioxide, which is an inexpensive, broad spectrum, gentle, anti-pathogenic.
Undeniable proof that the Red Cross cured 154 Malaria cases with MMS, in their water purification study in Uganda, 2012: This video was leaked and released 1st of July 2013 and makes it impossible for the Red Cross to keep claiming that the study never took place, as was their response to the 2nd of may video.
The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose July 19 2016 | From: ActivistPost
Under the surface of almost every sociopolitical and economic event in the world there burns an ever-raging, but often unseen, war. This war, for now, is fought with fiction and with truth, with journalistic combat and with quiet individual deeds. It is defined by two sides which could not be more philosophically or spiritually separate.
On one side is a pervasive network of corporate moguls and elites, banking entities, international financial consortiums, think tanks and political puppets.
They work tirelessly to reshape public psychology and society as a whole into something they sometimes call the “New World Order;” a completely and scientifically centralized planet in which they control every aspect of government, trade, life and even moral compass. I often refer to them simply as the “Globalists,” which is how they at times refer to themselves.
On the other side is a movement that has developed organically and instinctively, growing without direct top-down “leadership,” but still guided through example by various teachers and activists, driven by a concrete set of principles based in natural law. It is composed of the religious, the agnostic and even some atheists.
It is soldiered by people of all ethnic and financial backgrounds. These groups are tied together by a singular and resounding belief in the one vital thing they can all agree upon - the inherent and inborn rights of freedom. I call them the “Liberty Movement.”
There are those who think they do not have a dog in this fight, those who ignore it and those who are completely oblivious to it. However, EVERYONE can and will be affected by it, no exceptions. This war is for the future of the human race.
Its consequences will determine if the next generation will choose the conditions of their environment and maintain the ability to reach their true potential as individuals or if every aspect of their lives will be micromanaged for them by a faceless, soulless bureaucracy that does not have their best interests at heart.
As you can probably tell, I am not unbiased in my examination of these two sides. While some of the more “academically minded” cynics out there do attempt to marginalize the entire conflict by accusing both sides of simply trying to impose “their ideology” on the rest of humanity, I would say that such people are generally ignorant of what is at stake.
There is in fact an elemental force behind this war. I would even call it a conflagration between good and evil. For a more in-depth analysis on the evil behind globalism, read my article “Are Globalists Evil Or Just Misunderstood?”
Some people don’t adhere to such absolutes or they think good and evil are fantasies created by religion to keep society in check. I have no intention of trying to convince them otherwise. All I can say is, I have seen and experienced these absolutes first hand and, therefore, I have no choice but to remain a believer.
I would also point out that the general experience of most men and women is that the act of organized and legitimate oppression is inherently evil and such actions in the name of satisfying delusional elitist narcissism are even more evil.
While these experiences are subjective, they are also universal, regardless of the culture, place or time in history. Most of us feel the same horror and the same defiance when presented with rising tyranny. We can’t necessarily explain why, but we all know.
While I am firmly on the side of liberty and am willing to fight and trade my life to stop the “New World Order” the globalists are so obsessed with, I will not turn this examination of their tactics into a blind or one-sided farce. I will point out where the elites are effective just as I will point out where they are ineffective.
It would do more harm than good to portray the globalists as “stupid” or bumbling in their efforts. They are not stupid. They are actually astonishingly clever and should not be underestimated.
They are indeed conniving and industrious, but they are not wise. For if they were wise, they would be able to see the ultimate futility of their goal and the world would be saved decades of tragedy and loss. Their cultism has dulled their senses to reality and they have abandoned truth in the name of control.
Here are some of the primary strategies that the globalists are using to gain power and work towards total centralization and why their own mindset has doomed them to failure.
Globalism vs. “Populism”
The globalists have used the method of false dichotomies for centuries to divide nations and peoples against each other in order to derive opportunity from chaos. That said, the above dichotomy is about as close to real as they have ever promoted.
As I explained in my article "Globalists Are Now Openly Demanding New World Order Centralization." the recent passage of the Brexit referendum in the U.K. has triggered a surge of new propaganda from establishment media outlets. The thrust of this propaganda is the notion that “populists” are behind the fight against globalization and these populists are going to foster the ruin of nations and the global economy.
That is to say - globalism good, populism bad. There is a real fight between globalists and those who desire a free, decentralized and voluntary society. They have just changed some of the labels and the language. We have yet to see how effective this strategy will be for the elites, but it is very useful for them in certain respects.
The wielding of the term “populist” is about as sterilized and distant from “freedom and liberty” as you can get. It denotes not just “nationalism,” but selfish nationalism. And the association people are supposed to make in their minds is that selfish nationalism leads to destructive fascism (i.e. Nazis). Therefore, when you hear the term “populist,” the globalists hope you will think “Nazi.”
Also, keep in mind that the narrative of the rise of populism coincides with grave warnings from the elites that such movements will cause global economic collapse if they continue to grow. Of course, the elites have been fomenting an economic collapse for years.
We have been experiencing many of the effects of it for some time. In a brilliant maneuver, the elites have attempted to re-label the liberty movement as “populist” (Nazis), and use liberty activists as a scapegoat for the fiscal time bomb THEY created.
Will the masses buy it? I don’t know. I think that depends on how effectively we expose the strategy before the breakdown becomes too entrenched. The economic collapse itself has been handled masterfully by the elites, though. There is simply no solution that can prevent it from continuing.
Even if every criminal globalist was hanging from a lamp post tomorrow and honest leadership was restored to government, the math cannot be changed and decades of struggle will be required before national economies can be made prosperous again.
Communism vs. Fascism
This is a classic ploy by the globalists to divide a culture against itself and initiate a calamity that can be used as leverage for greater centralization down the road. If you have any doubts about fascism and communism being engineered, I highly suggest you look into the very well-documented analysis of Antony Sutton. I do not have the space here to do his investigations justice.
Today, we see elites like George Soros funding and aiding the latest incarnation of the communist hordes - namely social justice groups like Black Lives Matter.
The collectivist psychosis and Orwellian behavior exhibited by race junkies like BLM and third-wave feminists is thoroughly pissing off conservatives who are tired of being told what to think and how to act every second of every day. And this is the point…
If you want to get a picture of America in 2016, look back at Europe during the 1930s. Communist provocateurs, some real and some fabricated by the establishment itself, ran rampant in Europe creating labor disintegration and fiscal turmoil. The elites then funded and elevated fascism as the “solution” to communism.
Normally even-handed conservatives were so enraged by the communist spitting and ankle biting that they became something just as evil in response.
The U.S. may be on the same path if we are not careful. The latest shootings in Texas will make hay for the globalists. Think about this for a moment - on one side you have Obama telling the liberals that the answer to police brutality is to federalize law enforcement even more that it already is.
On the other side, you have some Republicans arguing that a more militarized police presence will help prevent groups like BLM from causing more trouble. Notice that the only solution we are being offered here is more federal presence on our streets?
I do see, though, a rather large weakness in the plan to ignite a communist vs. fascist meltdown in the U.S., and that weakness is the existence of the Liberty Movement itself. The movement has grown rather sophisticated in its media presence and prevalent in influence. It does have enough sway now to defuse some aspects of a rise to fascism in the political Right.
The only option the elites have is to find a way to co-opt us. If they can manipulate the Liberty Movement into supporting a fascist system, then they would be very close to winning the entire fight. This would be highly unlikely given the stubbornness of liberty proponents when adhering to their principles.
The 'elites' might be able to get a large part of the public to take sides in their false paradigm, but if they can’t con the millions that make up the Liberty Movement into the fold, then their job becomes much harder.
Moral Compass vs. Moral Relativism
Moral relativism is perhaps the pinnacle goal of the globalists. Why? Because if you can convince an entire society that their inherent conscience should be ignored and that their inborn feelings of morality are “open to interpretation,” then eventually ANY evil action can be rationalized. When evil becomes “good,” and good becomes evil, evil men will reign supreme.
The problem is, conscience is an inborn psychological product, a result of inherent archetypal dualities universal to almost all people. It is ingrained in our DNA, or our very souls if you believe in such a thing. It cannot be erased easily.
Moral relativism requires a person to treat every scenario as a “gray area.” This is not practical. Conscience dictates that we treat every situation as potentially unique and act according to what we feel in our hearts is right given the circumstances. This does not mean, though, that there is no black and white; or that there are no concrete rules.
There is almost always a black and white side to any situation dealing with right and wrong. Moral “dilemmas” are exceedingly rare. In fact, I don’t think I have ever encountered a real moral dilemma in history or in personal experience. The only time I ever see moral dilemmas is in movies and television.
Only in television fantasy is moral relativism ever the “only way” to solve a problem. And despite the preponderance of moral relativism in our popular culture, the ideology is still having trouble taking hold. If it was so easy to undermine conscience, then the NWO would have already achieved complete pacification. We are still far from pacification. Whoever hardwired our conscience should be applauded.
Collectivism vs. Individualism
The very core of globalism and the NWO is the position that sovereignty and individualism must be sacrificed for the “good of the group;” in other words, they promote collectivism. Of course, groups by their very nature are abstractions; they only exist as long as the individuals within them recognize them as viable.
Unfortunately, collectivists do not accept this fact because it would mean that the group, no matter how utopian, is not the pinnacle of human existence – rather, the individual is and always will be the pinnacle of human existence.
The elites MUST convince people that individualism is dangerous and that collectivism is the only way to prevent the tragedies wrought by those who wish to be separate.
Of course, most of the tragedies we experience on a national or global scale are actually engineered by the elites, not by wild individuals or sovereign nations looking for trouble. They then blame the very concept of sovereignty as a barbaric ritual from the past that must be abolished for the sake of all.
In order for the globalists to reinforce the need for collectivism, though, they must engage people on an individual psychological level.
Most human beings have an inherent desire to interact with their fellow man, but they also have an inherent identity and drive to pursue their own development without interference. We like to be a part of a group as long as our participation is healthy and voluntary and our associations are a matter of choice.
Human beings are instinctively tribal, but we have psychological and biological limits to the size of the tribe we prefer to be a part of. Robin Dunbar, a professor of evolutionary psychology prevalent in the 1990s, found that there is a cognitive limit to the number of individuals any one person can maintain stable relationships with.
Dunbar found this number to be between 100 – 200 people. A limitation also extends to the size of effective groups versus ineffective groups. He found that effective tribes and communities tend to remain between 500 - 2500 people.
The human mind does not adapt well to vast tribal groups, and recoils from the idea of a “global tribe.” The truth is, human beings function far better in smaller groups and they do not like to be forced into participating in any group, let alone larger groups.
This may account for the feeling of isolation that is common among people who live in metropolitan areas. They are surrounded by millions of neighbors and perhaps hundreds of associates yet they still feel alone because they do not have a functioning tribe of acceptable size.
Vast numbers of people can be tied together by an ideal that resonates with them, which is the only purpose for nations to form (to protect that ideal), but that is as far as the voluntary association goes.
Globalist collectivism is simply unnatural. People know it unconsciously, they know it is an act of force and oppression, and will invariably move to sabotage its false tribalism as they begin to see its true colors.
Total Control vs. Reality
This is where the globalist philosophy really begins to break down. The elitist pursuit of total information awareness and total social control is truly perverse and insane, and insanity breeds delusion and weakness. The fact is, they will NEVER complete the goal of complete micro-control. It is mathematically and psychologically impossible.
First, in any system, and in complex systems most of all, there are always elements that cannot be quantified or predicted.
To understand this issue, I recommend studying the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. To summarize, the uncertainty principle dictates that anyone observing a system in action, even from a distance, can still affect the behavior of that system indirectly or unconsciously in ways they could never predict.
They are also limited by their ability to objectively perceive all available elements of what they observe. Unknown quantities result, predictability goes out the window and total control of that system becomes unattainable.
This principle also applies to human psychology, as numerous psychoanalysts have discovered when treating patients. The doctor, or the observer, is never able to observe their patient without indirectly affecting the behavior of their patient in unpredictable ways. Therefore, a completely objective analysis of that patient can never be obtained.
What the elites seek is a system by which they can observe and influence all of us in minute detail without triggering a reaction that they wouldn’t expect. The laws of physics and psychology derail this level of control. There will always be unknown quantities, free radicals, wild cards, etc. Even a seemingly perfect utopia can be brought down by a single unknown.
To break this down even further to the level of pure mathematics, I recommend study into Kurt Godel and his Incompleteness Proof. This, I believe is the ultimate example of the elites struggling against the fact of unknown quantities and failing.
Godel’s work revolved around either proving or disproving the idea that mathematicians could define “infinity” in mathematical terms. For, if infinity can be defined, then it can be understood in base mathematical axioms, and if infinity can be understood, then the universe in its entirety can be understood.
Godel discovered the opposite - his Incompleteness Proof established once and for all that infinity is a self-inclusive paradox that CANNOT be defined through mathematics. Keep in mind that a proof is a set of mathematical laws that can never be broken. Two plus two will always equal four; it will never equal anything else.
Well-known globalist Bertrand Russell worked tirelessly to show that the entirety of the universe could be broken down into numbers, writing a three-volume monstrosity called the Principia Mathematica. Russell’s efforts were fruitless and Godel’s proof later crushed his theory. Russell railed against Godel’s proof, but to no avail.
Now, why was an elitist like Russell who openly championed scientific dictatorship so concerned by Godel? Well, because Godel, in mathematical terms, destroyed the very core of the globalist ideology.
He proved that the globalist aspirations of godhood would never be realized. There are limits to the knowledge of man, and limits to what he can control. This is not something globalists can ever accept, for if they did, every effort they have made for decades if not centuries would be pointless.
As mentioned earlier, the issue is one of unknown quantities. Can human society ever be fully dominated? Or, is the act of rebellion against stagnating and oppressive systems a part of nature? Is it possible that the more the elites wrap the world in a cage, the more they inspire unpredictable reactions that could undermine their authority?
This might explain the establishment’s constant attention to the idea of the “lone wolf” and the damage one person acting outside the dictates of the system can do. This is what the elites fear most: the possibility that despite all their efforts of surveillance and manipulation, individuals and groups may one day be struck by an unpredictable urge to pick up a rifle and put the globalists out of everyone’s misery. No chatter, no electronic trail, no warning.
This is why they are destined to lose. They can never know all the unknowns. They can never control all the free radicals. There will always be rebellion.
There will always be a Liberty Movement. The entirety of their utopian schematic revolves around the need to remove unknowns.
They refuse to acknowledge that control at these levels is so frail it becomes useless and mortally dangerous. In their arrogance, they have ignored the warnings of the very sciences they worship and have set their eventual end in stone. While they may leave a considerable path of destruction in their wake, it is already written; they will not win.
Going Through Some Changes, Are You? July 19 2016 | From: WakeUpWorld
Going through some changes, are you? Whatever you do, don’t fight them. Even the seeming dark experiences. The learning curve has taken a mighty leap forward for all who are willing to listen, and follow on.
Our most precious lessons come from examining the seemingly dark places with open hearts. That’s where the gems are buried.
In order for any of us to move forward in this transitional shift into higher levels of conscious awareness we must have a full knowledge of ourselves as well as our surroundings. Only in self healing, actualization, and deep, sincere grounding can we be fitted for the challenges ahead. And this takes courage. The courage of our convictions and willingness to venture into the unknown. At any cost.
Into the Unknown
Having explored all known avenues only to find we’re not yet fully empowered nor tooled to do the job that appears to be at hand to realistically change the course of this planet’s apparent destiny, we must take this as a confirming signal to move into unknown realms. The ones unknown to each of us individually, as well as collectively.
So much has been pioneered by brave, realized souls who’ve manifested on earth through the ages. Much of the teachings they left behind appears vague, cryptic, and even inconclusive to those first coming upon them.
Such is the nature of our layered realities.
Much like prospectors or alchemists looking for treasure, each of us seeks personal fulfillment and answers to heart-held questions we’re born with. As we progress, often learning by trial and error, we’re led into new realms of thought and most notably personal experience. This shared conscious growth is often painful but always exhilarating as we venture into to what is yet unexplored territory.
Learning to Know… And Trust
Heart knowledge, also known in somewhat vague, minimizing and enigmatic nomenclature as intuition, is our true language and reliable resource. The mind only analyzes and processes in its very limited framework.
Such is the nature of our restricted understanding of the spiritual realm, as this heart knowledge is invariably defined from the mental realm with all of its ingrained handicaps and limitations. That so-called science relies on what they call verifiable, quantifiable evidence to prove something is a testament to the extent of collective man’s chosen ignorance in its lust for control and “self” preservation.
How can society ever evolve past its current self-defeating loop of shallow base-sensory limitation when only allowing evidence that concurs its own system? Again, insanity taking on profound manifestations in plain sight, yet few pay attention to these glaring limitations.
In order to break this self-reinforcing cycle we must reach deeper, outside of this planar view of reality. We must seek, sense, find and explore the realms beyond this limited physical sensory mechanism. Unfortunately anything experienced outside this physical realm is usually cloaked in some sort of religious practice, belief system or seemingly dark esoteric gobblydygook. A whole other subject in itself, but hijack these other realms they do.
We See Better in the Dark Than We Do in the Light
As what’s left of the disintegrating global structure descends into various levels of chaos before our eyes, another world is clearly emerging. As if from a parallel dimension or timeline, another creative and earth-connected form is manifesting at an exponential, albeit somewhat obscure, rate.
Burgeoning out of awakening hearts this new world is both within this old dying structure and without it simultaneously. Like the process of cell division as we watch an amoeba or organic cell divide and separate into individual organisms, humanity is coming apart from within itself.
One heart at a time, which in turn catalyses the collective process, and vice versa.
It’s during these times that we must move into extra-sensory reliance and learn to listen and respond to our newly re-empowered heart knowledge, as well as innate spiritual radar. While our 5 sense mechanisms say one thing, our hearts may be giving us a completely different message.
When the lights of this shallow perception are out, our hearts grow soundly strong in perceptive comparison. That’s why we see more clearly in the dark. There’s nothing to fear in their manipulation of our superfluous reality when we’re connected to source in such a profound and meaningful manner.
Strange, You Say?
Does this all sound vague and spacey? Not if you’re listening closely.
An unusual thing is enveloping our understanding as it morphs our literal paradigm of understanding. It’s not easy to judge since we’re the subjects of this emergence, but there is a place in each of us to take refuge and gain profound insight, as well as centered grounding.
It’s a very strange time energetically, and what things seem to be are rarely, if ever, what they are. Then mix constant shifting on every level and the awakening energetic vibrations as well as apparent desperation at times on the part of the control hierarchy, and it makes for a very fluid dynamic indeed.
We are in the midst of this shifting shift, yet if we each look inside and even around us, we are still centered. The key is to draw close to the centering source.
What Change May Come
All of the recent geopolitical as well as social changes speak to me the same; the futility of fighting “them” on their level and on their own playing ground, yet all still inside the same glass container box. No matter what people try to “change” within the system they’re still in the box.
So if it appears we’ve made some major strides or victories, all the better for them perhaps, providing a much needed release value for pent up frustrations, as well as a phony sense of security and empowerment.
Healthy skepticism is always in order in a whirled of illusions. This applies to any and every “news” item thrown into our faces, mainstream or otherwise.
Our way out and what will bring the dissolution of the control system is our personal spiritual and vibrational transformation, moving into the unknown for the tools and spiritual technologies that disempower and dissolve the ability of the hyperdimensional source of all this to control us any longer. This may be hard for some to swallow, but if we don’t identity the true source of this parasitic invasion we’re shooting blanks at a false target – and all by design.
My advice according to my current understanding is to stay grounded and centered and beware of what you put your energy into. This includes seemingly alternative information which is not just becoming overwhelming in volume and magnitude, but increasingly fear-based, polluted and downright distractive and toxic.
Let’s spend our time finding each other and co-creating the true reality – not reinforcing the false one by being lured into contacts and contests with it.
A Conscious Response
Awareness of what’s truly going on is essential, but then we need to move in response to what we’re shown; not just on this surface playing field and all its games and the constant subterfuge around us, but the avenue of personal development that needs to be pursued to see the deeper truths that lie beyond those first layers.
From deep within we will gain a much more true perspective, sense of empowerment and real freedom, and not only stop contributing to this manipulative energetic system in ways we didn’t realize, but manifest the capabilities to neutralize those influences, which are far deeper and hidden beyond this veil we call reality.
That’s my take, right now anyway. I still think participation in other stages of standing up to all this insanity is good. It’s part of the process. It wakes people up, draws them together with others, and new truths flood in as we take one step of activation at a time. But we need to move on from those primary lessons, which are inevitable!
The big question remains – what are we doing with what we’ve learned? If the playing field is rigged, why are we putting so much energy and attention on it? Where should our energy be concentrated for the best possible outcome?
One thing for sure, when we’re not willing to let go and stand back from our current paradigm and re-evaluate at any given time with no attachment…something’s amiss. This is a profound truth for any of us at any and every level.
There’s a place for everything and that we’re each on our own learning curve is one way to view it. For starters. For sure though, this is the life of higher learning and a wonderful opportunity for all, despite the external stark realities that accost us continually.
Profound truths await us at every turn. Disengaging from clever futile endeavors proposed on every level – mental, physical and spiritual – leads the way as we let go into greater truth and understanding…
Brexit And The Matrix & The Sun Sets On The British Empire: Northern Irish Want Out After Brexit July 16 2016 | From: JonRappoport / Sputnik / Various
'Elites': “How horribly stupid Brexit people are”. The European Union and its associated financial institutions were built on the premise that no one would escape. That’s the long and short of it.
But of course, nations could get out if they decided to. Which is what just happened in Britain.
And now that it has, elites and their fear-mongering press outlets are moaning and shouting and whining: “You fools, do you have any idea what you’ve just done? You’ve thrown a wrench into the structure. Are you crazy?”
“We’re in charge. We’re the lords in the castles. You’re the peasants in the fields.”
Of course, all along, the cover story has been: the EU is a step toward paradise; it bestows grace and beauty on humanity; it erases ugly borders; it makes people One; it fosters share and care; it smooths out conflicts; it makes us brothers and sisters.
Sure it does. That’s what all huge faceless bureaucracies accomplish. When they’re exposed, all that fake goodness suddenly goes away. They spew hate. And they scream in anguish.
What’s occurring at the moment is very much like an old horror movie, where the humanoid villain is backed up against the wall, and someone tears his face away and exposes… machinery. Nothing but little wheels and cogs and wires and tubes. The truth is out.
What a monstrous joke it is that the young, in Britain, voted to remain in the EU. The EU is a right arm of Globalist forces. The same young people yammer and protest against Globalism, but because they’re absolutely clueless, they want to stay in the EU. The young: turned into hypnotic products of the education system.
There was a day, not so long ago, when the phrase “decentralization of power” meant something. It’s not used anymore. The press has it on their no-fly list.
Governments, major media, large foundations have worked the phrase out of existence. Instead, they’ve helped create every kind of special interest group under the sun - they’ve taken people who might actually want decentralization and shoved them into various groups, according to gender, race, religion, needs, and so on… and promised them “equality” and special help…as long as they go along with big government…thereby strengthening Control Central.
(And they’ve taken people who already want decentralization and propagandized them as outliers, criminals, psychiatric patients, terrorists, and racists.)
That’s the psyop game.
“We’re talking to you helpless masses now. You might want to decentralize government power? No, no, no, no. You’re looking at things the wrong way.
First of all, who are you? What’s your religion, race, gender, disability? We have the right group for you. You can achieve all your aims that way, because we help groups.
You see? We’re on your side. We, the government, are rebels, too. But we need our power to make change happen. Revolutionary change.
Don’t rebel against us. Don’t try to diminish our strength. Join us. Benefits are waiting for you. Lots and lots. Get it?”
For a moment in time, a lot of people in Britain didn’t get it. They went the other way. They peeled off one layer of centralized control over their lives.
This now sets up a classic dialectic situation. Two opposing forces in conflict. And not just in England. The same sort of reaction is peaking in other European countries who want to test the waters of defection from the EU; and of course, in the US, Trump vs. Hillary represents a “perfect polarization.” Whether or not these oppositions were covertly built in the first place behind the scenes, their existence now makes them ripe for overarching manipulation.
What shape would that manipulation take?
Among other maneuvers, such as “new reports” of increasing unemployment, trading-market chaos and downward trends, we would see an escalation of riots, protests, clashes.
And the “solution, for sake of the population,” would be “restoration of order.” Translation: even more centralized power.
However, plans don’t always work. Don’t imagine that control from above is always flawless and god-like. Defection from centralized power can take many forms, exposing many cracks in the foundation. Pillars can fall.
Major media are already on oxygen life-support. The Vatican and other crusty mainstay institutions are also sucking some of that oxygen. Because of the Web, untold numbers of people are waking up, in ways too numerous and varied to catalog. Even a few minor whiffs of freedom have their own power, and individual freedom is contagious beyond any kind of political drug or vaccine developed to stop it.
The game is afoot.
Even the most cynical interpretation of Brexit - that it was set up from behind the curtain as a way to flush out rebellion, which would then be squashed - doesn’t fully explain what just happened in Britain.
People can decide they’ve had enough of tyranny. They can take their suspicion of their leaders to a level where palliatives don’t work anymore. They can see the shape of the future that is being created for them, and they can toughen their refusal.
They can push away from the table loaded with goodies and freebies, feeling sick, feeling patronized, feeling diminished. They can turn off the talking heads that preach Official Messages. They can discover further ways their freedom is being stolen from them, and they can rebel more deeply.
Eventually, they can come to a place where they rediscover their own existence as individuals, inviolate, alive, absent of the need for a bloated super-structure of “support.”
As this rediscovery happens, you won’t see it reflected in charts of trending stories. Newly awakened individuals will be thinking and creating and muscling their way through the decaying anatomy of the Deep State, making futures that cut away the tissues of connections that formerly bound them.
Sun Sets On The British Empire: Northern Irish Want Out After Brexit
Renewed calls for Irish unity are receiving mass public approval as the UK is in danger of losing more than one province in the wake of their decision to abandon Europe.
The residents of Northern Ireland are lining the streets of Belfast to receive Irish passports and Catholic nationalists once relegated to the backbench of public opinion are now proudly calling for a united Ireland in the wake of the ill-fated Brexit vote that may see a complete unravelling of the United Kingdom.
Northern Ireland, like neighboring Scotland, voted to stay in the European Union with 56 percent in favor despite Britain as a whole voting in favor of leaving the political-economic bloc. The chasm in national vision between the various parts of the United Kingdom are beginning to push even Protestant unionists who have long stood against Irish reunification to call for an exit from Britain’s reach.
“I was always a 'small u' unionist. But I could not in all good conscience say I could vote for Northern Ireland to remain a member of the United Kingdom," said Christopher Woodhouse, a 25-year-old from Belfast.
"I am softening to the idea of Irish unity, purely on economic issues. I am a European."
For years, a vast majority of Northern Ireland’s residents – many Catholics and virtually all Protestants – favored remaining part of the United Kingdom citing the economic stability compared to joining hands with their southern kin.
The fallout from Britain’s June 23 vote trounced that tried-and-true status quo calculation sending world markets reeling and erasing trillions of dollars in British wealth overnight while many wonder just what the next shoe to drop will be.
“People are saying for the first time in their life they would vote for united Ireland, having never contemplated it before," said Steven Agnew, the leader of Northern Ireland’s Green Party.
The decision by many of Northern Ireland’s residents to embrace unification is not based on ethnic pride, but rather on the economic calamity that looks to punish the UK’s most impoverished province more than any other.
Northern Ireland’s largest financial institution, Ulster Bank, is already warning that the uncertainty surrounding the terms of Brexit are hindering foreign direct investment into Northern Ireland and look likely to trigger a recession and a surge in unemployment.
A danger also exists, much different than reunification, that in the wake of Brexit that the loss of EU funds for former militants, victims groups, and cross-community youth work tied to the reconciliation between Northern Ireland and the country of Ireland following years of bloody battle may tip the scales to a renewed conflict between north and south.
“We are in danger of a return to conflict – at a low intensity level – if those funds are taken away," said Robert McClenaghan, an Irish Republican Army member turned community worker.
"My stomach is churning at all that is happening."
The trigger for renewed fighting among the Irish may ultimately not be the removal of the so-called "peace dividend" distributed by the EU on the condition that the two sides not resume battle, but instead the re-installation of the border checks and military checkpoints of yesteryear which will almost certainly occur to prevent illegal travel by non-EU citizens in the event that Northern Ireland is carried out of the European Union by Westminster.
“This was hardly what the Irish nationalist Sinn Fein party had in mind calling on its supporters to go to the polls and vote to remain in the European Union while the largely Protestant unionist DUP party campaigned for Britain to leave the EU knowing full well it would run roughshod on the existing peace arrangement."
Sinn Fein’s party chairman blasted the unionists and Westminster saying that the Brexit vote meant Britain had "forfeited any mandate to represent the interests of people here."
A decision to carry out a referendum remains in the future, but if the vote were carried out today many believe that Northern Ireland would vote in favor of reunification by a small margin.
“Unionists would have to rely on Catholics not wanting to be part of a united Ireland. That has been the trend up to last Friday," said Peter Shirlow, head of the Institute of Irish Studies at the University of Liverpool.
"But I think that trend is changing now."
Elation As Ashburton Council Backs Out Of Controversial Water Bottling Deal July 14 2016 | From: Stuff The ditching of a deal to set up a water bottling plant in Canterbury has been hailed "a win for the Ashburton community.
The Ashburton District Council has backed out of negotiations with NZ Pure Blue to sell Lot 9 of its business estate, which came with resource consent to extract billions of litres of water from aquifers beneath the town.
The Bung the Bore group opposing the sale had threatened legal action, and was pursuing a judicial review of the resource consent. It is understood the decision to back out of negotiations was made at a public-excluded council meeting last week. Councillors had been sworn to secrecy until the council released the news on Monday.
Mayor Angus McKay said the potential purchaser failed to tell the council "how they intended to run a water bottling plant from the site".
“In particular, we wanted confirmation that the plant would be using bottles not water bladders ... [this] has given us enough cause for concern to cancel the Sale and Purchase Agreement," he said.
Jen Branje of Bung the Bore said the group was "elated" at the news.
“This decision is a testament to what can be achieved when communities band together to instigate change. We hope that the outcome of our efforts will encourage others to hold their councils to account."
Green Party water spokesperson Catherine Delahunty called the decision "a win for the Ashburton community.
Everything about this backroom deal was flawed – from the lack of consultation to the secrecy around who was to buy the land," she said.
"We're glad that the council has finally seen the light and have backed down from this ridiculous deal. If they have to sell public land, which is always debatable, it could at least be for something that is endorsed by and benefits the whole community, not just those who stand to make a quick buck.
Those who profit from the use of water, like those who bottle and sell it as a premium product, should pay for the privilege."
The consent, granted by Environment Canterbury (ECan) in 2011, allowed extraction of 1.4 billion litres of pure, artesian water a year until 2046. It amounted to 40 billion litres of water in total. All water taken would have been replaced with water from a nearby stockwater race.
Some residents of drought-prone Mid Canterbury - who at times can't hose their gardens due to water restrictions - said the water was desperately needed locally.
NZ Pure Blue had offered to pay for the relocation of Ashburton's rail siding from the township to a site next to its proposed water bottling plant. The sale was extended to September 30 so it could negotiate with KiwiRail.
NZ Pure Blue has two New Zealand directors, John Paynter and Roydon Hartnett, but its ownership is concealed through a trust. Both men refused to speak to Stuff but told a local newspaper the water bottling plant could create around 100 jobs.
The council has also been criticised for a lack of transparency. Some councillors were kept in the dark about details of the sale, which McKay led.
A previous attempt to sell the site to a Chinese buyer fell through.
McKay said the council was still considering the feedback from Ngāi Tahu and Arowhenua Rūnanga, the online petition and the community deputation from two lobby groups presented to council last month.
A report on community feedback to the proposed sale would be presented at the council's July meeting. Branje said the group was thankful for the support from people around New Zealand.
Putin Begs Media To Wake Up + The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin July 13 2016 | From: Infowars / Counterpunch / Sott / Various "How do you not understand the world is being pulled in an irreversible direction?"
The growing tension between East and West is especially worrisome in light of the general public’s departure from political awareness and its inability to survive outside of the government system.
Vladimir Putin is probably the most popular Russian leader there has ever been, polling up around a phenomenal 80% as recently as November 2015 in a study carried out by a team of American researchers.
This makes him inarguably the most popular world leader today, though you would think the opposite given the way he’s routinely depicted and demonized in the West.
Paradoxically, the main reason for Putin’s popularity in Russia is the same reason he’s so reviled in the US and Western Europe.
It comes down to the simple but salient fact that when it comes to leadership and political nous Vladimir Putin is playing chess while his counterparts in London, Washington, and Paris are playing chequers.
This is not to ascribe to the Russian leader the moral virtues of Nelson Mandela or the humanitarian instincts of Mahatma Gandhi. But neither is he the caricature regularly and vehemently described in the UK and US media.
Putin is not a villain straight from a Bond movie, sitting in a spooky castle somewhere in deepest Russia planning and plotting world domination. For that kind of ‘Masters of the Universe’ malarkey you need to take yourself to the White House in Washington, or maybe CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia.
No, the Russian President is a man who knows his enemy better than they know themselves, and who understands and has imbibed the truth of former Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev’s statement that:
“If you live among wolves you have to act like a wolf.”
What those Western ideologues and members of the liberal commentariat who’ve been lining up to attack him in their newspaper columns fail to appreciate, not to mention the army of the authors who’ve been churning out books painting Putin as a latter day Genghis Khan, is the deep scars left on the Russian psyche by the country’s exposure to freedom and democracy Western-style upon the collapse of the Soviet Union in the 1990s.
Canadian journalist and author Naomi Klein lays it out in forensic detail in her peerless work, The Shock Doctrine (Penguin, 2007). The impact of free market shock therapy on Russia under Boris Yeltsin’s presidency, Klein describes thus:
“In the absence of major famine, plague or battle, never have so many lost so much in so short a time.
By 1998 more than 80 percent of Russian farms had gone bankrupt, and roughly seventy thousand state factories had closed, creating an epidemic of unemployment. In 1989, before shock therapy, 2 million people in the Russian Federation were living in poverty, on less than $4 a day.
By the time the shock therapists had administered their ‘bitter medicine’ in the mid-nineties, 74 million Russians were living below the poverty line, according to the World Bank.”
Klein also reveals that by 1994 the Russian suicide rate had doubled and violent crime increased fourfold.
Given the devastation wrought on the Russian economy and society by Western free market gurus and their Russian disciples during that awful period, the country’s recovery to the point where it is now able to contest and resist Washington-led unipolarity where before it existed unchecked, has to count as a staggering achievement.
Putin rose to power in Russia on the back of his role in violently suppressing the Chechen uprising, which began amid the chaos of the Soviet Union’s dissolution. It was a brutal and bloody conflict in which atrocities were undoubtedly committed, as they are in every conflict, until the uprising was finally crushed and Moscow’s writ restored.
The former KGB officer was thrust into the spotlight as a key member of Boris Yeltsin’s team thereafter, viewed as a safe pair of hands, which propelled him onto the political stage and his first stint as president in 2000, when he was elected for the first time.
Since then Putin has worked to restore the Russian economy along with its sense of national pride and prestige on the world stage. The loss of that prestige as a result of the demise of the Soviet era had a cataclysmic effect on social cohesion in a country that had long prided itself on its achievements, especially its role in defeating the Nazis in the Second World War.
The new Russian president is credited with returning the country to its former status as a respected power that can’t and won’t be bullied by the West. The attempt to use Georgia as a cat’s paw in 2008 was swiftly dealt with, and so has the attempt to do likewise with Ukraine in 2014.
All this baloney about Putin having expansionist aims is an attempt to throw a smokescreen over the West’s own expansionist agenda in Eastern Europe with the goal of throwing a cordon sanitaire around Russia in pursuit of a cold war agenda.
Russia’s current game changing role in the Middle East, along with China’s ferocious economic growth and growing influence, is proof that the days of unipolarity and uncontested Western hegemony are drawing to a close. This more than any other factor lies at the root of the irrational Russophobia being peddled so passionately in the West.
The most populous country in Europe is not and never will be a Western colony or semi colony. For those Western ideologues that cannot conceive of any relationship with Russia other than as a deadly or defeated foe, accepting this reality is a non-negotiable condition of achieving a semblance of stability and peace in the world.
While Vladimir Putin and his government are not beyond criticism – in fact, far from it – their misdeeds pale in comparison to the record of Western governments in destroying one country after the other in the Middle East, presiding over a global economy that has sown nothing but misery and despair for millions at home and abroad, leading in the last analysis to the normalization of crisis and chaos.
Their deeds, as the man said, would shame all the devils in hell.
German Green Party Politician Speaks Out Against Demonization Of Putin
The former green state minister Ludger Volmer strongly criticizes his party's Russia policy and warns against a one-sided image of Putin. The former Minister of State in the Foreign Office, Ludger Volmer (Green), has sharply attacked his party's Russia policy.
The 64-year-old, who served under the aegis of Joschka Fischer and retired from the Bundestag in 2005, now castigates the Greens in an open letter for demonizing the Russian President Vladimir Putin and "meekly reciting NATO slogans."
This just increases the danger of escalation. This is "disgraceful for a peace party" that it is "stuck in silence."
Although it is correct to consider Putin critically according to Volmer, yet Putin's image in Germany is "one-sided."
And: "The vast majority of Russians want him." In addition, one does not have to "love the Russian national character, but when it comes to any other questionable ideology, you try to deal constructively with them, political Islamism for instance - in some instances too much so."
The former member notes: "Putin may be no role model for a libertarian democracy. But he is not a warmonger."
At the same time some aspects of the Orange Revolution in Ukraine get downplayed, such as the participation of fascists in it, while the annexation of the Crimea is not so clear a violation of international law, as the Greens insist.
Comment:On several occasions, Putin has managed to successfully outmanoeuvre the psychopathic western powers both in the Ukraine and in Syria, and by doing so has preserved countless numbers of lives. His actions here have been a display of courage, discipline and determination.
A feat like this must have also required a great deal of strength and strategic insight. Unsurprisingly, his abilities and success as a leader are reflected in his approval ratings and popularity (which significantly outweigh those of any 'leader' in the West), throughout both Russia and the rest of the world.
Aside from political skill, Putin's numerous acts of generosity toward his people demonstrate humility and kindness, both of which are qualities that are now exceedingly rare among politicians in this day and age.
In the face of constant lies spread by the West and blatant acts of aggression, Putin appears to exercise a significant degree of self-control by maintaining respectful communication, utilising an approach which is calm and collected.
Above all, there is "no serious reason to assume that Russia wants incorporate Poland or the Baltic states. An incorrect threat assessment is as dangerous as a real threat,"
Volmer therefore asks: "Why are you, except for some individual voices, being silent about the NATO / EU escalation on the eastern borders?"
The letter follows on the heels of statements by Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier (SPD), who had accused the West of "sabre rattling" and had gotten criticized for it. And representatives of the Left party had attacked the Greens with arguments comparable to Volmer's.
On Wednesday of last week word came from the Greens that it was working up a response to the letter, which was received on the Monday. The foreign policy Group spokesman Omid Nouripour told the Frankfurter Rundschau: "It's never good style to publicly criticize the work of your own successor, without first dealing with them or seeking contact with them. We are fine with the line on de-escalation, but we are not with Ludger Volmer on relativizing the breach of international law by the Kremlin."
Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters & Switzerland Withdraws Longstanding Application To Join EU July 6 2016 | From: WakingTimes / RT “If you want to continue to be slaves of the banks and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit.” - Josiah Stamp
Iceland has gained the admiration of populists in recent years by doing that which no other nation in the world seems to be willing or capable of doing: prosecuting criminal bankers for engineering financial collapse for profit. Their effective revolt against the banking class, who drove the tiny nation into economic crisis in 2008, is the brightest example yet that the world does not have to be indebted in perpetuity to an austere and criminal wealthy elite. In 2015, 26 Icelandic bankers were sentenced to prison and the government ordered a bank sale to benefit the citizenry.
Inspired by Iceland’s progress, activists in Switzerland are now making an important stand against the banking cartels and have successfully petitioned to bring an initiative to public referendum that would attack the private banks where it matters most: their power to lend money they don’t actually have, and to create money out of thin air.
"Switzerland will hold a referendum to decide whether to ban commercial banks from creating money.
The Swiss federal government confirmed that it would hold a plebiscite, after more than 110,000 people signed a petition calling for the central bank to be given sole power to create money in the financial system.
The campaign – led by the Swiss Sovereign Money movement and known as the Vollgeld initiative – is designed to limit financial speculation by requiring private banks to hold 100pc reserves against their deposits.”
Switzerland is in a key position to play a revolutionary role in changing how global banking functions. In addition to being the world’s safest harbor for storing wealth, it is also home to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), a shadowy private company owned by many of the world’s central banks, and acting as a lender to the central banks.
The BIS is the very heart of global reserve banking, the policy that enables banks to lend money that does not actually exist in their bank deposits, but is instead literally created electronically from nothing whenever a bank extends a line of credit.
Reserve banking is the policy that guarantees insurmountable debt as the outcome of all financial transactions.
The Sovereign Money initiative in Switzerland aims to curb financial speculation, which is the intended and inevitable result of reserve banking, the tool that makes financial adventurism possible by supplying the banks with endless quantities of fiat money.
Limiting a bank’s ability to produce money from nothing would be a direct blow to the roots of the banking cartel, and would cripple their ability to manipulate the world economy. Here’s how it works, in rather simplified terms:
"…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked.
This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.”
In Switzerland, 90% of all money in circulation is electronic, and for this, The National Bank of Switzerland has become the direct target of the Sovereign Money Campaign.
Swiss law has in the past required required banks to back all currency creation with collateral assets like physical silver or gold, however in recent decades the climate has changed, and, “due to the emergence of electronic payment transactions, banks have regained the opportunity to create their own money.”
The grass roots campaign said in a public statement regarding the intentions of the referendum, “banks won’t be able to create money for themselves any more, they’ll only be able to lend money that they have from savers or other banks.”
This is an interesting twist in the human saga of man vs. banks, and while it remains to be seen if the referendum passes or not, it must be pointed out that it does have its own problems, articulated by Sam Gerrans:
"… it does say that the central bank should be given sole right to create money. This would essentially leave the creation of money in the same hands as those who control the Federal Reserve or the Bank of England rather than allow them to farm out the process. But at least it shows that people are beginning to wake up to where the true power lies.
In the unlikely event that this grass-roots movement in Switzerland should get its way and its proposed legislation be enacted, and then begin to morph into something which really does threaten the banking elite, we must not be surprised if Switzerland is shortly discovered to be harboring weapons of mass destruction, or to have masterminded 9/11, or to be financing Islamic State.”
Part of the cultural conditioning of our time is an ingrained, pre-assumed dependency on sacred cow institutions like banking. Just like it is impossible for most Americans to envision a world without Democrats and Republicans, it is difficult for most people to imagine a world without predatory global banking.
This is not the only economic system we can imagine, and as Iceland has proven, people can regain control of their collective wealth, so perhaps this revolution will foment further in Switzerland, presenting a chance to at least bring greater awareness to the truth about central banking.
Switzerland Withdraws Longstanding Application To Join EU
The upper house of the Swiss parliament on has voted to invalidate its 1992 application to join the European Union, backing an earlier decision by the lower house.
The vote came just a week before Britain decided to leave the EU in a referendum.
Twenty-seven members of the upper house, the Council of States, voted to cancel Switzerland’s longstanding EU application, versus just 13 senators against. Two abstained.
In the aftermath of the vote, Switzerland will give formal notice to the EU to consider its application withdrawn, the country’s foreign minister, Didier Burkhalter, was quoted as saying by Neue Zürcher Zeitung.
The original motion was introduced by the conservative Swiss People’s Party MP, Lukas Reimann. It had already received overwhelming support from legislators in the lower house of parliament in March, with 126 National Council deputies voting in favor, and 46 against.
Thomas Minder, counsellor for the state of Schaffhausen and an active promoter of the concept of “Swissness,” said he was eager to “close the topic fast and painlessly”as only “a few lunatics” may want to join the EU now, he told the newspaper.
Hannes Germann, also representing Schaffhausen, highlighted the symbolic importance of the vote, comparing it to Iceland’s decision to drop its membership bid in 2015.
"Iceland had the courage and withdrew the application for membership, so no volcano erupted,”he said, jokingly.
Switzerland’s longstanding application to join the EU has not had a significant impact on the country’s politics for more than 20 years, as its accession negotiations have been suspended since 1992 in the wake of a referendum to join the European Economic Area, when the Swiss voted down the idea of closer ties with the EU.
Some politicians even argued that the vote was an unnecessary formal procedure that didn’t make much sense as Switzerland is no longer regarded by the EU as an official candidate to join the bloc.
Filippo Lombardi, from the Christian Democratic People’s Party, said that it was “not very clever to discuss it once again,” calling the debate about Switzerland’s accession at this stage “a bit ridiculous,” Neue Zürcher Zeitung reported.
Switzerland, never a member of EU, shares free trade with the union and free movement of people as part of the Schengen zone.
The timing of Switzerland’s reassurance of its sovereignty and independence from the EU institutions, if accidental, may come in handy for campaigners in the UK advocating a British exit from the EU. Polls show the UK’s referendum on EU membership, to be held in a week on June 23, as being extremely close, with Leave slightly in the lead.
5 Years Of Saving AIDS Patients With MMS: Dr. Raj Interview July 6 2016 | From: QuantumLeap
As many professionals are now stepping forward to disclose their testimonies and the truth behind MMS, Dr. Raj was one of the first to come forward and share her experience with MMS and AIDS patients.
Dr. Raj has had over 5 years working with MMS and AIDS patients, and in this ground-breaking interview she tells her story straight from the heart.
Note: This is interview will be featured in our Quantum Leap EMPOWERMENT Platform when it launches, we are releasing it ahead of time to give people a preview of the quality of content and research we are dedicated to inside of our science section.
Subtitles as well as translations in all languages will be available in due time when the platform launches, thank you for your patience!
Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Af A Nervous Breakdown July 4 2016 | From: TheFinancialPost
Welcome to FP Comment’s 18th annual Junk Science Week, dedicated to exposing the scientists, NGOs, activists, politicians, journalists, media outlets, cranks and quacks who manipulate science data to achieve their objectives.
Our standard definition over the years has been this: junk science occurs when scientific facts are distorted, risk is exaggerated and the science adapted and warped by politics and ideology to serve another agenda.
Much of our content over the past 18 years has focused less on science itself and more on the NGOs, politicians and others who have found it convenient to use and abuse science as a springboard to political action.
It is easy, perhaps too easy, to follow the empty-headed foibles of a media culture that mindlessly recycles reports that bacon may cause heart disease or that cell phones cause cancer. Less easy is dealing with the much bigger problem: the break down of science itself.
In The Guardian last week, Jerome Ravetz, considered one of the world’s leading philosophers of science, reviewed what he and many others describe as “the crisis in science.” Ravetz, who has been warning of the emerging internal conflicts in science for decades, sees the crisis is spreading to the general public.
"Given the public awareness that science can be low-quality or corrupted, that whole fields can be misdirected for decades (see nutrition, on cholesterol and sugar), and that some basic fields must progress in the absence of any prospect of empirical testing (string theory), the naïve realism of previous generations becomes quite Medieval in its irrelevance to present realities.”
Present reality is that science is on the verge of a nervous breakdown. That’s the not-so-tongue-in-cheek message in Science on the Verge, a new book by European scientist Andrea Saltelli and seven other contributors. Science on the Verge is a 200-page indictment of what to the lay reader appears to be a monumental deterioration across all fields, from climate science to health research to economics.
The mere idea that “most published research results are false” should be cause for alarm.
But it is worse than that. The crisis runs through just about everything we take for granted in modern science, from the use of big data to computer models of major parts of our social, economic and natural environment and on to the often absurd uses of statistical methods to fish for predetermined conclusions.
Examples from the book help prove the point. In a chapter titled “Numbers Running Wild,” one of the book’s authors, Jeroen P. van der Sluijs of the University of Bergen, asks how is it possible for a paper in Science magazine to claim that precisely 7.9 per cent (not eight per cent or seven per cent) of the world’s species would become extinct as a result of climate change - when the total number of species is unknown?
Even odder, the species study concluded that the 7.9 per cent demonstrates:
"“The importance of rapid implementation of technologies to decrease greenhouse gas emissions and strategies for carbon sequestration.”
How, asks van de Sluijs, do the researchers jump from species extinction to carbon sequestration?
"This sounds like an opinion for which the underlying arguments are not even given.”
Others examples come from economics, a science filled with unwarranted claims to certainty and predictability. Science on the Verge recalls Nobel economist Robert Lucas’s 2003 declaration that the -
"Central problem of depression-prevention has been solved.”
Also noted is the 2004 claim by former Fed chairman Ben Bernanke that the volatility of business cycles had been tamed.
These and other economic blunders lead critics to suspect the discipline of economics:
"Had reverted to (or never developed beyond) a state of immaturity.”
Few fields and practices are exempt from scrutiny in Science on the Verge. In a chapter on evidence-based science, Andrea Saltelli - also at the University of Bergen - spreads the net wide:
"It is futile to expect, for example, that modelling approaches which have failed to predict a purely financial and economic crisis will be able to inform us accurately about the behaviour of a system involving institutions, societies, economies and ecologies.
Yet this is what we do when we apply the technique of cost – benefit analysis (CBA) to dimensions of climate change”
This kind of quantitative approach to complex systems, says Saltelli, “can only foster abuse and corruption.”
It would be wrong to suspect that Science on the Verge is the work of right-wing activists, climate skeptics and hide-bound traditionalists.
It is the work, rather, of scientists with a range of ideological views despairing over what appears to be a fundamental breakdown as science has become more and more enmeshed in the business of providing evidence for policy-making.
Science, in short, has already been corrupted. We explore just some of the examples in this year’s Junk Science Week, including the GDP factory myth, sugar scares, the social cost of carbon, the last pesticide Roundup, killer lipstick, and our annual Rubber Duckies awards.
Former CIA Agent: It's Time To Talk About What’s Really Causing Terrorism & Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses" July 3 2016 | From: TheAntiMedia
In the wake of yet another terrorist attack, a former CIA counterterrorism agent has shared her insight into what causes such tragic, intentional carnage. Amaryllis Fox spoke for the first time publicly with Al Jazeera Plus (AJ+) about terrorism, misguided narratives on why it happens, and the underlying motivators driving it - ultimately urging Americans and those in power to adopt a different approach in combating the ongoing violence.
“If I learned one lesson from my time with the CIA, it is this: everybody believes they are the good guy,” says Fox, who is currently “in the process of getting her CIA cover rolled back,” AJ+ reports. She is now a peace activist and runs Mulu, “an e-commerce company supporting at-risk communities around the world.”
Fox worked as a counterterrorism and intelligence official for the clandestine services during the 2000s. In her first public statement on her time there, she discussed the limitations on the American public’s perception of the war on terror:
"The conversation that’s going on in the United States right now about ISIS and about the United States overseas is more oversimplified than ever. Ask most Americans whether ISIS poses an existential threat to this country and they’ll say yes. That’s where the conversation stops.”
Indeed, while a majority of Americans fear terrorism, reaching a consensus on how to tackle ISIS has proved contentious. Fox explained the simplicity of the way the conflicts are viewed on both sides:
"If you’re walking down the street in Iraq or Syria and ask anybody why America dropped bombs, you get: ‘They were waging war on Islam.’”
In America, the question is: “Why were we attacked on 9/11?”
Fox says if you pose this question, “You get: they hate us because we’re free.”
However, she contests the validity of these assumptions, pointing to the powerful forces that drive conflict in the first place:
"Those are stories manufactured by a really small number of people on both sides who amass a great deal of power and wealth by convincing the rest of us to keep killing each other.”
Indeed, both sides of the conflict expend significant effort campaigning to prove their crusades are justified. In the United States, after decades of prolonged conflict, the populace is largely desensitized to war and often ignorant of its current manifestations.
Fox challenges this paradigm:
"I think the question we need to be asking, as Americans examining our foreign policy, is whether or not we’re pouring kerosene on a candle. The only real way to disarm your enemy is to listen to them.
If you hear them out, if you’re brave enough to really listen to their story, you can see that more often than not, you might have made some of the same choices if you’d lived their life instead of yours.”
Rather, they focus, understandably, on the wrong done to their nation. But Fox offered a unique perspective that lends insight to the “enemy.”
"An Al-Qaeda fighter made a point once during debriefing,” she recounted.
“He said all these movies that America makes - like Independence Day, and the Hunger Games, and Star Wars - they’re all about a small scrappy band of rebels who will do anything in their power with the limited resources available to them to expel an outside, technological advanced invader. ‘
And what you don’t realize,’ he said, ‘is that to us, to the rest of the world, you are the empire, and we are Luke and Han. You are the aliens and we are Will Smith.’”
However, she also challenged the Al-Qaeda fighter’s take, arguing that on both sides of conflict, those fighting on the ground often provide the same reasons for doing so:
"But the truth is that when you talk to people who are really fighting on the ground, on both sides, and ask them why they’re there, they answer with hopes for their children, specific policies that they think are cruel or unfair,” she says.
“And while it may be easier to dismiss your enemy as evil, hearing them out on policy concerns is actually an amazing thing, because as long as your enemy is a subhuman psychopath that’s gonna attack you no matter what you do, this never ends. But if your enemy is a policy, however complicated - that we can work with.”
As terror attacks become an increasingly normal occurrence in the West - and as Western intervention trudges ahead unabated - hearing out enemies’ concerns may, at this point, be the most effective counterterrorism gesture the United States can make; that is, if it is truly determined to bring an end to the violence.
Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses"
In this video Luke Rudkowski covers the brazen admission from James Traub a CFR member and heir to the Bloomingdale empire.
Traub recently wrote an article for ForeignPolicy openly calling for the elites to rise up against the "fist shaking, mindless, angry, ignorant, know nothing masses.
Global Interest In New Zealand Town With Too Many Jobs July 3 2016 | From: ChannelNewsAsia
A tiny New Zealand town that offered property for bargain prices in a bid to attract more people has been swamped with more than 5,000 enquiries from around the world, the local mayor said Friday.
Clutha District Mayor Bryan Cadogan said the South Island township of Kaitangata had more jobs than people, with a population of 800 but up to 1,000 vacancies, mostly in the thriving agricultural sector.
To boost its population, the town has been offering house-and-land packages for NZ$230,000 (US$164,000) - a good deal considering the national average is NZ$577,000, rising to NZ$955,000 in Auckland.
Cadogan said the response had been overwhelming, with global interest from people enquiring about moving to the town, which is set in a lush valley about an hour's drive from Dunedin.
"We've been smashed," he told TV3. "I think my PA's going to throttle me... there's over 5,000 messages on my phone, the council website's full. It's just phenomenal."
The town has a coal mine, sawmills and processing factories for the dairy industry.
"We've got so many jobs in the district, jobs aren't a problem," Cadogan said.
"We've got the jobs, we've got the affordable housing, we've got the beautiful lifestyle. We're pretty lucky."
He said the town had been searching for ways to attract new people for years.
"We did speed dating and a jobs fair last year," he said, admitting the latest promotion had overshadowed them all.
Cadogan said the initial offering of eight land and house packages looked set to be snapped up and the town "will just keep finding them" if interest warrants it.
"It's a neat wee town with some really positive people and I think it's a hoot of a story," he said.
Victorious Nigel Farage Addresses EU Assembly: ‘You’re Not Laughing Now Are You?’ July 2 2016 | From: TheGatewayPundit
UKIP leader Nigel Farage stood in front of the European Union Tuesday for the first time since the Brexit results were announced last week.
Nigel told the assembly, “How things have changed… Isn’t it funny. When I came here 17 years ago and I said I wanted to lead a campaign to leave the European Union, you all laughed at me. Well I have to say you’re not laughing now are you?”
The British Woke Up - Can The Americans? June 30 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Many thanks for the support that you give to the website and for the words of encouragement and appreciation that you send to me. The website resulted from you calling me out of retirement. It is widely read and translated into foreign languages.
I try to read every email, but it is not possible for me to read and comment on the many articles and books that you send or to respond to your questions over a wide range of issues, not all of which I know anything about.
This website is a great deal of work. In our time to be truthful is to be provocative. To write provocatively leaves little room for error or mistatement as today’s euphemism terms it. I could shill for the establishment and be wrong 98% of the time and nothing ever would be said about it. But there is no forgiveness for a provocative truth-teller.
You have open inquiring minds and you want to know. Your motives are not to protect your illusions and delusions or to reinforce your emotional needs. This is why I write for you.
If no one knows or respects truth, the world is lost. But it only takes a few to change the world. The cultural anthopologist Margaret Mead said:
"Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.”
Change can be for better or worse. President Reagan and a committed few overcame the resistance of the CIA and military-security complex and reduced tensions among nuclear powers by negotiating the end of the Cold War with Soviet leader Gorbachev.
During the reign of the last three US presidents, a few neoconservatives resurrected the nuclear tensions and took them to a higher level than at the peak of the Cold War.
There are hopeful signs that the neoconservative drive to World War III can be derailed. It seems that finally the Russians have caught on that America is not the Holy Grail but a government reminiscent in its aggression of Nazi Germany. Hopefully, Russian countermeasures will make even the crazed neocons think twice.
The British people, or rather a majority of those who voted, surprised the Establishment, which was confident of the success of its propaganda, by voting to save their ancient and distinguished country, the font of liberty, from disappearing into the EU, a dictatorship ruled by unaccountable appointees.
The British had enough of that with kings and decided that the future did not lie in going backward. The British vote to exit the EU could bring the unintended consequence of unravelling the EU and NATO, thus reducing Washington’s ability to foment war.
Americans need to decide that they, like the British, do not appreciate being led backward to worse times.
The Clintons and the Republican Senator from Texas, Phil Gramm, led America back to Robber Baron days by deregulating the financial system. Related: 25 People to Blame for the Financial Crisis The senator was rewarded with a multi-million dollar banking job for overturning Great Depression era legislation that made financial capitalism workable. Americans need to understand that capitalists do not care if capitalism works for you as long as it works for them.
The collapse of the Soviet Union, due to the arrest of Gorbachev by hardline elements in the Communist Party, gave rise to the American Neoconservatives, a double handful of people closely tied to the Israeli government. These few people have involved America, for Israel’s benefit, in 15 years of warfare that has destroyed seven counries, with the cost to Americans of approximately $7 trillion dollars, according to Joseph Stiglitz and Linda Bilmes.
The obviously false excuse for this destruction of peoples and resources is the myth of “terrorism.” Most “terrorist events” in the US have been sting operations organized by the FBI in order to collect the multi-billion dollar bounty that Congress gives for preventing terrorist events.
How best to keep this bounty flowing than to organize a terrorist event and prevent it? It is debatable whether such events as 9/11, the Boston Marathon bombing, Sandy Hook, San Bernandino, and Orlando are false flag events or drills staged by crisis actors and presented to the public as real.
The debt associated with 15 years of Washington’s wars is now being used to attack Social Security and Medicare. The One Percent and their “free market” apologists are determined that the elderly will pay for the wars that enabled Israel to reduce Palestine to a ghetto and for the wars that enriched the profits and power of the military-secutity complex, while inflicting a massive refugee problem on Europe.
If the British, or enough of them, woke up, perhaps something similar can happen in America.
From many of you I hear your frustrations with family, friends, and associates who are content with what they hear from the BBC, Fox “News,” CNN, and the New York Times. Obviously, if everyone was intelligent and could think for themselves or even had time to consider what they are told, we would not be in the state that we are in.
Our job is to get enough people into the habit of thinking for themselves that we have the few required to change the world. (“Few” is relative. In a country of 300 million people, “few” is probably several million.)
Arguing with friends doesn’t work. Arguments generate hostility and competitiveness. Avoid arguing. Your friends and family do not know anything. They sit in front of Fox “News” and CNN.
They are brainwashed.
Perhaps one way to approach friends and family is to ask questions. For example, how can there be 103 casualties in Orlando and no visible evidence of the massive number of ambulances and EMT personnel necessary to deal with such a massive number of casualties?
I asked my readers to help me prove the official story line, and no one could come up with convincing visible evidence. How can there be such a massive event without abundant evidence?
How can powerfully constructed skyscrapers, built to withstand airplane collisions, suddenly explode allegedly as a result of minor asymmetrical damage and scattered low temperature office fires? How can the entire contents of the towers be pulverized when there is insufficient gravational energy to accomplish such pulverization?
How is it possible that WTC 7 came down in free fall acceleration in the absence of controlled demolition? Why doubt that there was controlled demolition when the owner of the WTC said on TV (still available online) that “the decision was made to pull the building?”
In case you have forgotten, you “pull” a building with controlled demolition. It takes a long time to wire a building for demolition. Obviously, Building 7 was not wired on September 11, 2001.
We are constantly informed by the President, Vice President, Secretary of State, numerous senators and representatives, by NATO commanders, by EU politicians, by presstitutes, and others, that “Russia has invaded Ukraine.”
Take a minute and think about this extraordinary lie. Clearly, evidence is no longer a factor in determining what is occuring. Assertion only rules. Take a second to look outside The Matrix. Is it really possible that Ukraine would still exist if Russia invaded? I would bet my life that within 60 hours of a Russian invasion of Ukraine, Ukraine would again be part of Russia.
Remember August 2008 when the US and Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army invaded the peacekeeping realm of South Ossetia, killing Russian peace-keeping troops and Ossetian civilians. Putin was at the Beijing Olympics, but Russian armed forces quickly smashed the American/Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army. Putin held Geogia in his palm.
What did Putin do after delivering this lesson in the superiority of Russian arms? He released Georgia and returned home.
So how is it that Putin, according to the entirely of the Western political establishment and media whores, is determined to rebuild the Soviet Empire? Putin held Georgia. No power on earth could have forced him to release Georgia.
But Putin withdrew Russia’s forces and released the country. The former Georgian president is now an American operative in Ukraine.
If you consider the number of outsiders, including US citizens and the former president of Georgia, who serve in the Ukrainian government, it raises questions about the so-called “Maidan Revolution” in February 2014.
If this really was a popular uprising, and not a Washington orchestrated coup, why is there such a shortage of Ukrainians to form the new government that foreign citizens have to be brought in to rule the country?
Do not believe any official explanation of anything. Things are not true just because the government and presstitutes say so.
Keep in mind that official explanations can be cover for hidden agendas. If Washington and the media have their way, we will live in a world constructed out of lies designed to hide from us the real interests being served.
That is not the kind of world that any of us want to live in.
Ex-CIA Spy: A Global Open Source Revolution Is About To Begin June 29 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience
When Robert David Steele speaks, people listen. Especially those within the military and intelligence communities around the world.
As a former CIA spy who has trained over 7,500 officers from over 66 countries, Robert Steele has over 18 years experience across the U.S. Intelligence community and an additional 20 years experience in commercial intelligence and training. He is also a former Marine and he is the co-founder of the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity.
In accord to open source everything, Robert’s motto is: The truth at any cost, lowers all other costs.
Essentially, when information, technology and resources are opened up as the commons to all, the true cost plummets and the well-being of our planet and all living beings here begin to thrive, as well as our social, political and financial systems.
In Robert’s own words, the open source revolution will transform our world for the better and for all.
"Sharing, not secrecy, is the means by which we realize such a lofty destiny as well as create infinite wealth. The wealth of networks, the wealth of knowledge, revolutionary wealth- all can create a nonzero, win-win Earth that works for 100% of humanity. This is the ‘utopia’ that Buckminster Fuller foresaw, now within our reach.”
Similar models to Steele’s open source everything also include The Venus Project: Beyond Politics, Poverty and War, which calls for a holistic approach to changing the systems on this planet in a way that utilizes technology and human ingenuity to provide a high standard of living for every person by opening the planet’s resources for the use of all– in a strategically sustainable and efficient manner.
Another model that is similar is Sustainable Human’s gift-based community in which all who participate are volunteers and everything created is done to “spread knowledge, ideas and alternative ways of living that enable humanity to live in harmony with the rest of life on Earth. ”
All of these models are wonderful and appropriate to envision, and what is certain is that most of the social systems we have in place currently, must go. Fundamental change is necessary.
In an interview with The Guardian, Robert David Steele was asked his opinion on the idea that the U.S. is on the verge of revolting against the elitist 1%:
"The preconditions for revolution exist in the UK, and most Western countries [including the U.S].
The number of active pre-conditions is quite stunning, from elite isolation to concentrated wealth to inadequate socialization and education, to concentrated land-holdings to loss of authority to repression of new technologies, especially in relation to energy, to the atrophy of the public sector and spread of corruption, to media dishonesty, to mass unemployment of young men and on and on and on.”
What then needs to happen for this to begin? Steele says:
"Preconditions are not the same as precipitants. We are waiting for our Tunisian fruit seller. The public will endure great repression, especially when most media outlets and schools are actively aiding the repressive meme of ‘you are helpless, this is the order of things.’
When we have a scandal so powerful that it cannot be ignored by the average Briton or American, we will have a revolution that overturns the corrupt political systems in both countries, and perhaps puts many banks out of business. Vaclav Handel calls this ‘The Power of the Powerless.’ One spark, one massive fire.”
Interestingly, this interview was conducted almost exactly 2 years ago. Have we not seen the divide between the 99% and the 1% continue to grow in that time? Humanity will not remain quiet for much longer. We are indeed close to some big and positive changes.
Perhaps this massive scandal/event we are waiting for is the conclusion of the FBI’s investigation of Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Foundation or maybe it is Britain’s vote to leave the EU, potentially triggering a cascade of revolts throughout Europe and then the world, or perhaps it will be a large enough group of people becoming aware of the global collateral accounts, the world’s largest financial/gold cover-up which has relation to JFK’s death and the events of 9/11; a story which just three weeks ago Robert David Steele started to write about publicly:
"It never occurred to me that accidentally becoming the top Amazon reviewer for non-fiction, partially associated with my being the lead for Open Source Intelligence (OSINT) for 25 years across 66+ countries, would be vastly more important than everything I ever learned across multiple graduate degrees, as a former spy, and as co-founder of the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity (MCIA).
As I encounter disbelief about Neil Keenan and his role as the main juncture between the Dragon Society and the West as we move toward a global economic re-set, I have to remind myself that 80% of the public still thinks JFK was assassinated by Lee Harvey Oswald; J. Edgar Hoover was a moral man; the Israelis attacked the USS Liberty by accident, and 9/11 was carried out by a bunch of “rag heads” armed with box cutters.
I must emphasize that it was not the books that underlay my absolute confidence in Neil Keenan and the Dragon Society and the broad outlines of the coming global re-set, but rather the people behind the books that I have taken the trouble to meet, sometimes under quasi-clandestine circumstances. Sterling and Peggy Seagrave - Peggy has passed - stand out.
The public endorsement of Neil Keenan and his team’s efforts to open the global collateral accounts from Robert David Steele is another clear indication that these accounts are indeed real and that those who are working with Neil Keenan (positive factions within The Pentagon and CIA, Russian Intelligence, presidents and prime ministers of multiple South American countries and several Asian countries, among many other political, financial and intelligence and military groups who are all quietly and sometimes openly working for humanity’s best interest) are legitimate.
The global collateral accounts have such a deep and complex history, which can be read in great detail here. In short, they are off-ledger accounts backed by gold, silver and many other assets which were originally intended for humanitarian projects.
JFK signed what is known as the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement with President Sukarno of Indonesia, which was to use these accounts to issue a new US Treasury Note (backed by gold and silver) and end the Federal Reserve’s control over the global financial system.
Neil Keenan is now getting very close to opening these accounts for the intended purposes of transforming our world for the better through many humanitarian projects as well as the release of free energy technologies and an overhaul in the global financial system. Russia, China, Iran, Indonesia and almost the entire Eastern hemisphere is supporting this plan in one way or another.
Perhaps Robert David Steele’s ideas on an open source world will be part of the coming humanitarian projects.
As almost anyone can see when they look around either at their own lives or the world at large, everything is changing. Everything is in flux. Everything happens in cycles. The time for positive global change is now.
For more information on some of the topics mentioned above, check out these articles:
Trump: America Has A Chance To ‘Reject Rule By Global Elite’ & More June 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics
Trump on Brexit: "Basically, they took back their country.”
Presidential candidate Donald Trump on Friday congratulated the UK for voting to assert its independence from the European Union, and encouraged the American people in November to also assert their independence from the “global elite.”
Following the British vote to exit the EU, Trump said the election results marked a shift toward more nationalistic tendencies.
"Come November, the American people will have the chance to re-declare their independence,” the Trump campaign said in a statement. “Americans will have a chance to vote for trade, immigration and foreign policies that put our citizens first.
They will have the chance to reject today’s rule by the global elite, and to embrace real change that delivers a government of, by and for the people.”
“I hope America is watching, it will soon be time to believe in America again.”
Asked by reporters in Scotland what he thought about the Brexit vote, Trump said the British people “took back control of their country. It’s a great thing.”
Ahead of the vote, Trump had told reporters he was for the Brexit if it meant less bureaucracy for the UK.
"I would personally be more inclined to leave, for a lot of reasons, like having a lot less bureaucracy,” he said in May.
Republican pollster Frank Luntz said he believed the mass populist uprising happening globally could push Trump into the White House.
"Populism is rising everywhere as people decide that government does not listen and does not care,” said Luntz.
“But this is even more significant, because Britain has never been the source of populist uprisings like this. If Britain can vote itself out of Europe, America can vote itself in for Trump.”
Nigel Farage, the leader of the UK’s Independence Party which played a huge part in mobilizing UK citizens behind the Brexit, also speculated the momentum behind the results could usher in a Trump presidency.
"There is something happening in American politics that is perhaps a bit of a mirror of what’s happening here, a feeling in much of America, that what happens in Washington is too detached and too remote and Trump is cashing in on some of it,” said Farage, adding, “He must have a chance of winning.”
Watch: Alex congratulates the people of the United Kingdom for throwing off the shackles of the globalists and making their break for freedom from the oppressive EU.
This Video Will Get Donald Trump Elected - If It Goes Viral
This is why Donald Trump should be president
The American people need to realize that Donald J. Trump is our last hope. He is the only person who is capable of saving America and the Western World as a whole from falling into the depths of despair due to globalist agendas and a crippling political correctness era.
These clips show Donald Trump from all the way back in 1986 up until present day, and they do a fantastic job at demonstrating the kind of person Trump is, and why he deserves to be the next president.
Brexit Is Sending Shockwaves Across The Atlantic June 27 2016 | From: Geopolitics EU leaders cannot hide their panic as they confront the prevailing reality that Europeans are now questioning the validity of a Centralized Europe that is far from what was being advertised prior to its birth.
Frankly, just a few days ago we were deeply concerned that the Brexit campaign would lose after the false flag murder of Labour MP Jo Cox. It was very astounding how the majority of the British people were able to figure out the fact that it’s too absurd to kill someone from the other side when your position is winning in all the surveys, independent or otherwise.
That needless murder should be the primary reason why a David Cameron resigned from the leadership this early. Remember, he did say prior to the referendum that he won’t resign even if the Remain campaign is defeated.
The only conclusion we can draw from the historic results would be that those who voted for Brexit were doing it for the sake of principle and to protest the dictatorial behavior of those unelected personalities holed up in Brussels.
Principled protest vote, of course, cannot be intimidated and subdued. They grew more emboldened as the opposition began to use dirty tactics and covert maneuvers.
Make no mistake about it, the Rothschild dynasty has profited heavily through George Soros Fund Management, in compliance to their age old tradition of betting both sides of the conflict.
Last May 16th of this year, Bloomberg reported;
"Billionaire George Soros prepared last quarter for gloomy times, dialing back his U.S. stock investments by more than a third, betting against the equities while banking on gold.
… Soros also bought bullish options contracts on 1.05 million shares in the SPDR Gold Trust, which tracks the price of bullion. What’s more, the fund took a stake in the world’s biggest producer of the metal, Barrick Gold Corp., worth $264 million at the end of March, the filing showed. Soros acquired 1.7 percent of Barrick, making it the fund’s biggest U.S.-listed holding.
… Soros’s former chief strategist, billionaire investor Stan Druckenmiller, is also bullish on gold. Earlier this month he called the yellow metal his largest currency allocation as central bankers experiment with the “absurd notion of negative interest rates.”
Gold for immediate delivery jumped 16 percent in the first three months of the year, the biggest quarterly surge since 1986, according to Bloomberg generic pricing. Shares of Toronto-based Barrick have more than doubled this year as the miner accelerates cost-cutting efforts and reduces debt. Barrick is up 39 percent since March 31."
Now, they are reaping the benefits of their having access to privileged information about the real British pulse weeks prior to yesterday’s Brexit vote.
"Bullish positions in gold and volatility and well-timed short bets on China and emerging markets, among other areas, were some of the trades that benefited hedge funds on Friday as markets digested Britons’ surprise decision to exit the European Union, according to people familiar with the matter.
… so-called “macro” fund managers George Soros and Stanley Druckenmiller, who run private firms managing family money through investments in a range of assets, appeared to be benefiting from long positions in gold, according to filings, though their overall performance numbers weren’t clear."
Another reason for a David Cameron to feel nothing more than a whore wearing a very expensive neck tie. Why would he feel otherwise, when even his own master is just another errand boy for the real power behind it all?
Evelyn de Rothschild pokes Prince Charles. And as anyone who knows their cabal history will attest, the Rothschild bloodline is above the Windsor (Saxe-Coburg-Gotha) bloodline. The british [read: German] royal family are but underlings (and for a large part inbred impostors - but that is another kettle of fish.)
Now that we gain more understanding of how they played the last Brexit game, it’s time to savor on the positive prospects of where Britain will be heading in the next few years, and why the Brexit is indeed the Independence Day for the Brits…
The global implication of the successful Brexit referendum cannot be overestimated. This i s sending ripples of resistance across the Eurozone and in the United States.
"Polls recently conducted in Italy, France, Germany, Sweden, the Netherlands, Czech Republic and Hungary also showed that these countries could follow Britain if it succeeds in leaving the EU. Euroskeptic politicians in these countries have been adding fuel to the fire, stepping up their calls for EU-exits in light of the British referendum."
"Following the referendum in Britain, in which a majority of its residents voted for the country to withdrawal from the EU, Eurosceptic politicians in other European countries have intensified their calls to follow suit, the German magazine Spiegel Online wrote."
We can’t talk about the UK anymore because it will soon be entertaining another round of Scotland Independence referendum which was also rigged the last time.
In the immediate future though, here’s what’s going to happen next.
Across the Atlantic, talks of secession is beginning to unravel…
“While secession of American states is often dismissed as absurd, there are few reasons to believe that a state like Texas – to name just one example – could not immediately transition from state to nation-state.
With a large economy, port cities, oil, and easy access to European, Latin American, and even Asian economies by sea, economics arguments against such a separation fall flat.
And of course, the success of smaller states like Norway, Denmark, and Switzerland illustrate that bigness is truly unnecessary.
Naturally, many other states even beyond the biggest states- such as Pennsylvania, New Jersey, North Carolina and others - could do the same. These states would all be among the largest economies on earth were they to leave the US.
“But what about national defense!” some may argue. “Wouldn’t Texas be constantly at war with the United States?” Experience suggests that Texas would be at war with the United States about as frequently as Canada has been at war with the United States: zero times since 1815.
International wars rarely erupt between countries with common languages, common histories, and common economic interests. Should Scotland secede, the UK won’t be sending in the tanks, and Scotland could easily join the realm of independent nation states, just as many American states could do the same.”
Above all, this historic event should be viewed in the larger geopolitical context beyond the Eurozone and the United States alone.
Already, there are major actions against Western hegemony elsewhere in Eurasia, and Latin America, e.g.:
Successful St. Petersburg International Economic Conference which is forcing progressive industrial entities to form a coherent scientific and technological collaboration to create a better future free of wars and conflicts;
The historic signing of peace agreement between the government of Colombia and leftist FARC rebels, ending five decades of armed struggle that arrested development in the country;
The recently concluded Sulong Pilipinas 2-day workshop between the incoming Duterte cabinet and 500 representatives from the business sectors and related stakeholders, which among others, discussed the independent position of the Philippines with regards to the Spratlys that the United States has been using as a major fulcrum in its Pivot to Asia, a war plan to encircle China and wage war thousands of miles away from home just for the sake of “freedom of navigation,” would you believe it?
Here’s Duterte narrating his conversation with US ambassador to the Philippines Philip S. Goldberg, with regards to the West Philippine Sea – China issue at large.
Aside from choosing the Maritime Silk Road of the BRICS instead of the endless US imperialistic aggression, Duterte has already accomplished so much even before his inauguration to the presidency on June 30th, e.g.:
Thousands of drug peddlers and users have already surrendered opting for rehabilitation instead of fighting it out with the police;
Formally reopened peace talks with the Communist Party of the Philippines which has been waging wars with the government for five decades;
Organized a Moro Convention to restart the peace process with various rival secessionist groups sitting on the same table, to end the 400+ year rebellion in Muslim Mindanao [the longest in the Muslim world], once and for all.
The most radical appointment as of late is the anti-mining crusader Gina Lopez, from a family of oligarchs, to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.
A known tactician, Duterte is surely pitting the oligarchs against each other on this one, as the mining stocks start to plummet.
What these events illustrate is that even if the enemy may seem capable of exercising great power over a great multitude of the world’s population, that enormous power is quickly eroded once the people begin to see things as they really are, i.e. a grand charade of lies, treachery, deceptions and murder.
Together, we can change the rules of the game, and end the age of genocide and technocratic slavery. With our collective persistence, the Rothschild Khazarian Empire will fall.
The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia? June 21 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various The greatest news story in history: The story of what is going to happen in 2016 will be the greatest news story in history of mankind on planet Earth.
The RKM-robbers with their criminal cheats of debt-banking, inside jobs, mass killings, mass surveillance, terror attacks, aircraft downing, and religious deceit, are disintegrating.
Thirteen centuries of élite-led misinformation are soon coming to an end. Disclosure means light and change for the healing of mankind and our planet.
There is a good probability that the bulk of major changes will be disclosed in an avalanche of unexpected news-shocks, simultaneously from multiple sources, likely beginning in Asia or Switzerland. And that will be the beginning of a new era in history people are going to witness; it is the first major change on this planet since Atlantis sank about 12,000 years ago.
The Shocking Truth Will be Known:
Soon people, inside and outside governments, will commence to speak the truth with greater energy and clarity, with less fear than ever before in human history. And their words will be heard, preserved and multiplied beyond the reach of Khazarian suppression.
Many things will become unobstructed, seeing the world in a different light, unlocking the truths mankind has been deceived. Remember; Humanity is greater than politics, and shall conquer.
Many historic facts will come under scrutiny for finding the true truth. Like how tsunamis, freak weather conditions and earthquakes in Japan, Central America and Haiti have been deliberately man-made by covert government agencies. The fate of thousands of missing children worldwide will become known. How and why deliberately diseases such as Cancer, Ebola, AIDS,SARS, MERS, H5N1, Zika, and Morgellons were created.
Stopping the global warming hoax or climate change charades for deliberate environmental destruction, ending poverty, ending war, eliminating disease and subsequently restoring the planet to full health. Understanding the intentional bioterrorism like food-poisoning, GMO, chemtrails, etc. that are applied by government agencies seeking to reduce the world’s population.
The 188-nation in the BRICS alliance, led by China, Russia, Brazil, India, and South Africa, will become central in facilitating truthful global news flows, necessary for the introduction of new asset-backed international currencies.
New ‘crowd-sourced’ media outlets will emerge. Accelerating leaked testimonials and whistleblowing by making remedies more effective and more patriotic that also shall change Western scientific attitudes, banking, security and military cultures.
Further important disclosures are expected about endemic professional corruption in Western healthcare systems. Pharmaceutical medicine will be shown to be a manipulative tool, designed by the corporate controllers to make people sick.
The tools of this manipulation are sophisticated poisons dressed-up as expensive medicines or vaccines. In most cases prescribed medications are unnecessary, likewise intrusive surgery, which makes even more expensive medicines necessary.
When the money is followed it becomes obvious why attempts to suppress or outlaw alternative herbal remedies have been implemented that work better and cost less.
More information about The Ritalin Conspiracy, and about the Statin Scam that inhibit the production of cholesterol very effectively, but cholesterol is good for the body. As cholesterol is not the cause of heart disease, so actually there is NO problem.
Statins are good for doctors but bad for patients. The name of this game is; Hypercholesterolemia, which requires the services of doctors to detect its presence. It’s a health issue that makes patients dependent on doctors. Doctors that became the sales representatives for the drugs industry. Drugs that make money for the invisible RKM sitting at the top of the pharmaceutical industry.
A new international gold backed currency is to replace the Euro and US dollar that will use the CIPS system since Swift cannot deal with Chinese Yuan.
Almost all of the real gold in the world is now in the hands of positive allies. – The BIS, the World Bank, the New York Stock Exchange and the Federal Reserve Board have all been hacked.
The US Treasury Department, now free from Khazarian control, is going to issue a new $20 bill that will either be backed by Asian gold or will be a new US domestic currency, depending on ongoing financial negotiations.
The plan is to stop the upcoming US presidential election, intel sources say. With the purpose to eliminate the Khazarian presidential candidate Hillary Clinton who is nearing her indictment, as prosecutors move in on her, while Obama is forced to stop her protection, and likely being impeached. As Benjamin Fulford reports:
"Legally the United States Corporate government is now under the control of the United Nations Corporation headed by Baron Rothschild.
However, the status of the United Nations Corporation itself is doubtful because they have neither the gold nor the moral standing to maintain the current chaotic, and planet destroying systems they oversee. Rothschild and Khazarian mafia control has been reduced, in essence, to the bankrupt G7 group of nations.
What important is to know, is that the WDS and its allies have identified the names and locations of all the top members of this ruling Khazarian bloodline and have the technical capability of removing them from this world.
Doing so would be the very last option the WDS would take and it would only happen if it became necessary to do so to prevent genocide. The point though is that the families that currently control the G7 and the UN corporation are no longer in any position to dictate to the world.
The Khazarian Mafia is the world’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate that has infiltrated and hijacked America in 1913. This mafia gang was taken over by the Bauer family of Banksters who changed their name to Rothschild.
Now known as the RKM the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, empowered by Babylonian Talmudic “Money-Magic” known as “making money from nothing”, gained absolute control over the world’s banking system. The Global Banking Ponzi Scheme will eventually be exposed in full and The Global Supremacists themselves brought to justice.
The identities of the hidden Khazarian Zionist political bosses embedded in corporate America will be disclosed. The use of human clones in managing European Royal families, international banking, spiritual fascism in religion, industrial militarism and political assassinations will be made clear for all to see.
The fact that mind-controlled human clones have been ‘democratically elected’ into national leaderships, that have signed state and religious papers, and have been terminated at will and substituted with others, will be revealed. The present Pope Jorge Mario Bergoglio called ‘Francis’, will be obliged to retire. And Queen Elizabeth II of England will abdicate her throne.
The Legitimacy of ‘Royal’ Status:
The legitimacy of ‘royal’ status will attract increased forensic scrutiny in the public domain. Why should élite, unelected, unappointed, unqualified bloodlines have privileged access to vast invisible influence and wealth?
The role of the European royal families in the Nazi related shadow banking nexus will be exposed. As their vast capital is revealed, held in multiple off-ledger black screen accounts of stolen and hidden monies grown into thousands of quadrillions.
A whole range of dirty tricks will become known to the public, like the backgrounds of the Greek disaster that purposely has been created, as a test case for further pilfering of the EU continent and the Americas. Here an expose to show the working:
The banks don’t want Greece to be able to service its debt, because the banks intend to use Greece’s inability to service the debt in order to loot Greece of its assets and resources and in order to roll back the social safety net put in place during the 20th century. Neoliberalism intends to reestablish feudalism – a few robber barons and many serfs: The One Percent and the 99 percent.
The younger part of the Greek population will have emigrated and will have been replaced by immigrants fleeing Middle Eastern and African wars who will have loaded up Greece’s unfunded welfare system.
The Refugees crisis is financed by George Soros to take over all of the EU, with the help of Angela Merkel, Francois Hollande, and most of the other mind-controlled EU puppet leaders.
In other words, Greece is now being destroyed by the EU that it so foolishly joined and trusted. The same thing is happening to Portugal and is also underway in Spain, France, and Italy. The looting has already taken place in Ireland, Latvia, a number of African-, and Latin American- countries, and is underway in Ukraine.
All this shows why all countries in the world are experiencing financial turmoil, which is important to understand. The smiling puppet leaders are the least concerned about the fate of their countrymen.
Citizens’ money keeps dwindling by the implemented measures of austerity. All developed countries with debt will culminate into a situation that now is being experienced by Greece.
The whole system is broken and severely damaged. While the ‘received’ bail-out monies were spent to pay off debt to foreign banks, owned by the RKM, which to this day continues to be the case.
The world has entered the looting stage of capitalism. Misery and Despair will be the result. But now the truth is out, an entirely different approach is necessary. WAKEUP citizens all of you to STOP this, by changing course! And pass on this message by forwarding it to all your contacts with your personal motivation, to read it, and similarly forward it to their contacts. Take the attitude, as what de Russian President Putin says about the Rothschilds:
“They do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanch to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.”
It is time to fundamentally change the managing of our society. A Swiss like Canton structure where locals decide about their own future is a good example for the change of governing.
The money creation must be in the hands of the people and not in privately owned central bank institutions.
We the people are the owners of this planet. We decide what should be done, governments are our elected servants, to run society the way we want, and not the other way around as it is today; by puppet leaders and unelected officials that act as a dictator. – Have faith in it. NOW is the time for action.
Change is on the Horizon:
Former CIA Deputy Director Mike Morell has admitted on a MSM channel – in Hard Talk on MSNBC TV that Bush and Cheney lied about the war on Iraq.
Those of us who get the news from alternative reliable sources have known this for years. What is important though is the fact that it was said on ‘corporate controlled media’. What this means is that other corporate media will quote this news and becomes part of the “official” public view.
So hopefully it is clear and well-explained that the truth is out and urgency and duty have arrived for all the people to come into action in making the necessary changes.
Neil and his Group K has made his seven-year long journey towards ensuring the liberation and return of the Global Collateral Accounts that would be opened and accessible as originally intended. Truly upon the cusp of opening the GCA’s the world population is going “to live happily ever after”.
This is Neil’s quest. For the sake of the people on this planet we pray that Neil regains his strength and finally achieves his goal. This is what the world needs, a winner; and a winning outcome.
Listen to this video to fully understand the meaning and the history of Neil’s tremendous endeavour.
Animal Communication + The Latest Study On Human-Pet Bonding Says You May Be Under A Spell June 20 2016 | From: ZenGardner / GreenMedInfo
Moments before I was told to sit down and watch ‘How Diablo Became Spirit’ I was outside looking over a stable door at a polo pony called Punk. He and I had never met before but I knew he was ‘in’ because he was injured.
In my thoughts I said “Hi Punk, how you feeling?”. He looked up from his hay and I heard him say back to me in my thoughts “Much better thank you”, I was gob-smacked.
I moved to the next stable door where my old friend a chestnut mare called Penny was stabled and again in my head said “Hi Penny, how are you?”. “Hungry as always” she replied.
I walked back to my thatched cottage opposite the stables thinking to myself, I’m not going to tell anyone that just happened. When I walked into the cottage, my partner at that time said to me “Baby, sit down, I want you to watch something. I think I’ve found your calling.” – it was Anna Breytenbach (www.animalspirit.org) communicating telepathically with the magnificent Black Leopard called Diablo.
I wept all the way through the video and told Matt what had just happened with the two horses. I then went online to find the next Animal Communication workshop I could get on. Six weeks later I attending my first workshop.
I have always preferred the company of animals to humans, it’s just the way I am. Of course I now understand that humans are animals too, though my animal friends are way less complicated and much more easily pleased.
“To realize that which cannot be lost, it is necessary to understand what really has been lost.”.
Riane Eisler ‘Sacred Pleasure’.
On an Animal Communication workshop it is explained that everyone can communicate with animals, we have all just forgotten how. They teach you that interspecies communication is done via energy so language is never a barrier. Sometimes they will communicate through words, or sensation, or through images displayed in your mind.
Try not to want it too much because that can block you and do not discount any answer you get, practice trust in the first answer you receive, and you must ‘think out of the box’ because there isn’t one – except the one you or society puts you in.
You are taught the teacher’s ‘method’ which in this case was firstly close your eyes and ground yourself, move your consciousness into your heart area and think about how much you love animals, feeling the space in your heart centre expanding with love.
Then, imagine that from your heart you are beaming over love to the animal’s heart and introduce yourself. Tell them how much you love them and ask them if would they like to communicate with you. And remember to say please and thank you, animals apprectiate good manners.
So, the only way to learn this skill is from a ‘guest teacher’. My animal guest teacher was a Staffordshire Bullterrier called Oscar. He came into a calm room of thirty seated students, all eager to be able to communicate with this beautiful creature.
Being a ‘Staffy’ Oscar entered the room with typical Staffy exuberance, we had all been instructed not to speak to or touch him. His guardian (not owner, we are merely guardians to our pets) sat on a seat next to the teacher, whilst Oscar went around the room sniffing everybody, tail wagging.
He then went and settled on the rug in the middle of the room. The teacher had already written down the questions on a flip chart we were to ask Oscar telepathically, so she went through each question saying “Ask Oscar who his best friend is” and then we were to write on our notepads the first answer we received.
“Ask Oscar to show you where he went for a walk this morning, and who did he meet?”. Then, “Ask Oscar where he slept last night and why?”. Finally, “Is there anything you need Oscar that will make your life better?”.
I got two out of the four questions asked correct according to the answers the teacher received. She went through all the answers everybody got and then shared the answers that she had received. When we asked what did Oscar need to make his life better I heard him say “Bones, I need bones!”
The teacher and I got the same answer but his guardian protested “I can’t give him bones, he’s a Staffy and he may get splinters”.
I found myself protesting this statement aloud, dogs produce 20% stronger hydrocholic acid in their guts to digest bone, sinew, fur, fat and meat whilst on the move, it is imperative they have raw bones. Oscar got up from his rug and came over to me wagging his tail and put his head in my lap, saying “thank you”.
Later that day I was partnered up for another exercise with a young woman who also lived with Oscar, who had been accompanied by him in bed the night previous. When we asked the question “Where did you sleep last night and why?”
I heard something completely different to everyone else including the teacher, essentially getting the answer incorrect.
I asked her, when you went to bed last night with Oscar, how were you feeling? She responded exactly how Oscar had told me “She was feeling really sad and lonely”. From that moment on I knew that animal communication is subjective.
The afternoon consisted of a cat guest teacher called Marmalade who headed straight for a woman who was terrified of cats and sat on her for the rest of his session, attempting to cure her of her fear. Sadly, his efforts were lost. We did the same routine, asking Marmalade questions that his guardian could verify.
Afterwards, we worked with photographs of our beloved pets. How does that even work? Surely that is not possible but I found myself communicating perfectly accurately with Shoshy the cat via her photograph, using language that was completely alien to my usual syntax. It was a bizarre experience!
After my workshop I’d already got a few animals ‘booked in’ for communication sessions. My first was a Hunter horse named Nick who was having problems with repetitive lameness. I told the guardian not to tell me which leg was affected as asking a question that can be confirmed by them is evidence to you and them that you are indeed in interspecies communication.
I approached the huge beast in silence, telepathically announcing my name and that I’d just learned to communicate with animals and I would like to communicate with him. I heard nothing. Then after a moment, he drew my attention to his back left foot. I asked him did it hurt and suddenly I had a stabbing pain in my left foot on the underneath.
He then said “The injections don’t help, I need glucosomine”! When I spoke to his guardian her mouth dropped open and confirmed it was that foot that was problematic and she had been advised by the vet to have costly and painful steroid injections, of which he’d had four. I am happy to report Nick is now on glucosomine supplements and his problem is now relieved.
The next communication was with a dressage horse called Zodie. Her guardian is a gentle, beautiful young woman who teaches children to ride and does dressage competitions for fun. I like this person a lot and she is very fond of her animals. The evening before I had read from cover to cover, the book my teacher had written on animal communication.
She wrote about an experience she had with horses where one horse had remembered how kind a human once was to him that had given him some confectionary called ‘Maltesers’, and that he’d never forgotten her kindness or the sweets. I went armed with some Maltesers, just in case I could bribe the horse into communicating with me.
Her guardian told me when she and Zodie praticed dressage the horse was infallible but whenever they were in competetive situations the horse had awful meltdowns. Off I went to communicate with Zodie who was in an enclosure with two other horses where she was able to roam free and the others were stabled.
I entered their enclosure and introduced myself telepathically to Zodie, asking if she would like to communicate with me. She took one look at me and promptly walked off and hid in a stable! That was a definite ‘no’ then. Oh well, I may as well dish out the Maltesers whilst I’m here, so I pulled out the packet from my pocket and opened it in readiness to give to the other horses.
Zodie popped her head out the stable inquisitively, and decided to come over and investigate the rustle of the sweet wrapper. It turned out that she didn’t like the Maltesers but that was enough effort on my part for her to give me another chance and decided she would like to communicate with me after all.
I asked Zodie if she hurt anywhere and she showed me in my body a sensation of tightness on her right side flank and down the leg. I then asked her what was going wrong in her competions? I was immediately overwhelmed by the sensation of fear and nervousness, I was trembling all over and not able to catch my breath.
She told me “I just don’t want to let her down, she’s an angel and I don’t feel I am good enough”! I explained that Vicks just wanted to do the competitions for fun, it did not matter whether they won or not, they are just there to enjoy themselves. When I told Vicks she wept, as did I. Ever since then, Zodie has been winning every competition she has entered and Vick’s younger sister is now successfully showjumping her too.
Animals are our greatest teachers in every way, when I have found it impossible to communicate they patiently show me how. I have predominantly had dogs and horses in my life. Dogs are my greatest love and proved the most difficult for me to access telepathically. But they always patiently teach me what I need to learn.
For me at least, it works better most times if I communicate with dogs through images. For example, Terry the Terrier was my best animal friend when I learned this amazing skill, but I could not communicate in the ways I found so easy with cats, horses, even insects! Eventually, this recalcitrant lump of clay finally grasped the concept of visualisation communication thanks to Terry’s guidance.
I was feeling very sorry for myself with my female cycle one day, and I knew that animals are able to heal us. So I was lying on my bed in agony with Terry looking at me curiously. I said telepathically “Terry come and lie on my belly it really hurts”. Nothing. Then I closed my eyes and imagined (or I- magiced) Terry lying on my belly facing me, and imagined what that would look like from his perspective.
He jumped up on the bed and lay down on my body facing me. Within minutes my pain had subsided and I had learned my biggest lesson so far. On another similar painful occasion I was cat-sitting and up in the middle of the night. I explained to one of the cats I was in pain and she promptly jumped on my lap and starting pawing at my belly arduously. The pain was cured in a matter of minutes.
One day I was told about a position at an Aristocrat’s country estate which was a ‘live in’ job and my role would be to take care of their five dogs, my dream job! I went to the 4,000 acre estate for an interview and met the Countess and her daughter and the five dogs.
The dogs were really hectic with very few manners but all completely adorable. I was asked to sit down at the kitchen table and have coffee with my prospective new boss. I suddenly was drawn to looking behind me and saw the tiny Jack Russell Terrier who was sat staring at me next to the warm aga oven.
Telepathically I said to her “Hello, I might be coming to live here to look after you, and I can talk to you”.
Her eyes grew wide and her jaw slackened with shock. I invited her to come and sit on my lap which she did – her guardians could not believe what was happening because ‘Lunch’ the Terrier never sat on just any old person’s lap, so I got the job. The pack consisted of one Golden Retriever called Wussie who was a healer, two highly strung Hungarian Vizlas, a mother and daughter Mabel & Maudie.
Lunch, and a rescued Dog de Bordeaux named Winnifred – a motley crew, all ruled magnanimously by Lunch of course, her being the smallest of the pack, it’s always the smallest one in charge.
On many occasions I would walk another three dogs with the pack, just me and eight dogs spending whole days outside connecting with each other, and all in connection with the Planetary Animal Mother, Gaia Sophia.
I have even communicated with plants. I got badly stung by some stinging nettles and know the best antidote is to eat the very top of the nettle. I stood before a large group of nettles and asked them which nettle top I could take to cure my rash.
After a brief wait, and with no breeze whatsoever, one of the plants bowed down where the others stayed perfectly still.
I make hedgerow medicines and if I cannot find the plant that I need I will ask to be taken to it. When I collect the plants and harvest them I talk to them in gratitude and explain to them who the medicine is for and what ailments they will be addressing. It is a wonderful feeling to heal somebody, and even more sublime to be in such deep connection with nature.
Often one finds that some animals are more open to telepathy with human animals than others. No wonder when animals are so used to us thinking they are just dumb beasts, often treating them badly either through ignorance or patent cruelty. One such animal was a beautiful bay horse named Campbell.
He was unfortunate enough to have a groom who was very ignorant and cruel, be his guardian. She was the live-in groom where I lived and supposedly ‘looked after’ twelve horses. Dear, sweet Campbell, was always fielded alone which is a dire way for herd animals to exist. He had no grass, no shade, no friends and I often found he had no water.
I’ve always been able to feel how animals feel which intensified ten fold when I learned to communicate with them.
I would go and see Campbell every day and his loneliness was palpable. I would try my best to be nice and gently convince the groom he needed more in his life but was always met with a brick wall of obtuse indifference.
The weather became unusually hot for English summertime that year and Campbell consistently had no water. One afternoon I found him in a different paddock next to two mares who were both in season, again with no shade and no water.
He was covered in horseflies and horsefly bites and reacting manically to them and the mares’ hormones. I entered the paddock, and with nostrils flaring and making a strange and unfamiliar equine noise, he rushed towards me and literally buried his face in my torso for solace, remaining there for the next 10 minutes. I was covered in his blood from his bites. Utterly heartbreaking.
I text the groom telling her what had happened and she replied in her usual disparraging manner, she knew what she was doing and she was sick of me interfering but the worst part was she said “I can’t give him anymore water because he will get colic”.
Not having access to fresh water is what gives horses colic. I printed some information about colic prevention from the Blue Cross website and handed it to her. For one week Campbell had water every day and was wearing a fly protection rug and mask.
The following week however, back in his lonely field on a day when the temperatures were soaring, I found Campbell once again without any water.
He had two empty buckets that I had filled the day before, changing one of the buckets to a different colour so that the groom would know I had done it, and I’d be able to verify whether she had refilled or not. It was 9 30pm, almost 24 hours since and he’d had any water.
I was very tired having worked all day and his field was half a mile away from my cottage. “Campbell, do you need me to fetch you some water?” I asked telepathically. I will never forget his response – he put his head in one empty bucket and looked at me, then he did the same with the other bucket and looked at me.
Actions do indeed speak louder than words. I ferried 15 litres of water over to his field in a wheelbarrow of which he drank 5 litres straight away.
As I left him now hydrated I heard him say “Thank you, I love you.” Sadly I wasn’t able to continue living amongst all those wonderful creatures because I could not endure the abject neglect and cruelty any longer. I hope Campbell and all the others have gone on to a better home or at least ended up with more competant caretakers.
This is the only downside to communicating with animals.
I have helped a dog who was so terrified of fireworks he’d try to claw his way through walls. A horse who was scared of going to an Elite English School where spolied children can keep their horses at school. A cat that was peeing in the house…
I attended another two day workshop with the same teacher, day two was focussing on Gestalt Therapy and Remote Viewing which is basically learning to communicate and heal from long distance. Day two was Remote Viewing, so to learn we were partnered up with someone new to us that weekend and told to swap our pet photographs.
The object of the exercise was, with permission of the other person, to access their house by communicating with their pet through the photograph. I was handed a photograph of a really pissed off looking Persian Blue cat called Basil, his expression was hilarious so I burst out laughing and looked at Basil’s guardian who simply said “I know”.
Not quite believing I or anyone could do such a thing, I nevertheless introduced myself to Basil and asked him to show me around his house. We were encouraged to draw any images we saw or write down any words we received.
Suddenly I can see a kitchen, with a catflap in a pvc back door.
Then I find myself travelling through the catflap into the garden where I can see a beige coloured paving slab path separating two lawns, and a wooden shed to the left with a tall wooden fence surrounding the modest garden.
Basil told me “I don’t like to go further than the fence”.
Then we go back through the catflap and into the kitchen where he shows me not only the food he eats but the two different brands of food he gets fed, and his silver bowl. His favourite place to sleep in the kitchen is a beige chair, and then he takes me upstairs to the windowsill where he likes to sit and watch the world go by. Before I left the house he told me something about his guardians with a request attached.
I find myself showing a complete stranger the sketch I had drawn of her own house and garden. To our mutual amazement I was 100% accurate! She told me Basil had been rescued with another cat and they were both house cats until the other cat had died. Since that day, Basil had been wandering out into the garden but never further than the fence.
She confirmed his food, the brands, his favourite place to sleep and his spot on the windowsill. We were both utterly flabbergasted. Then, feeling rather awkward I asked her what Basil had told me to say “Do you listen to BBC Radio 4?”. “Oh yes, we listen to it all the time” she replied.